10-Q
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended
March 31, 2016

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From
(Not Applicable)
Commission File Number 001-36636
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 
05-0412693
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
One Citizens Plaza, Providence, RI 02903
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(401) 456-7000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[ü] Yes [] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
[ü] Yes [ ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer                     [ü]          Accelerated filer      [ ]
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) [ ]         Smaller reporting company [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). [ ] Yes [ü] No

There were 528,980,180 shares of Registrant’s common stock ($0.01 par value) outstanding on May 2, 2016.



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS
The following listing provides a comprehensive reference of common acronyms and terms we regularly use in our financial reporting:
AFS
 
Available for Sale
ALLL
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
AOCI
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
ASU
 
Accounting Standards Update
ATM
 
Automated Teller Machine
BHC
 
Bank Holding Company
bps
 
Basis Points
C&I
 
Commercial and Industrial
Capital Plan Rule
 
Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y Capital Plan Rule
CBNA
 
Citizens Bank, N.A.
CBPA
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
CCAR
 
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCB
 
Capital Conservation Buffer
CCO
 
Chief Credit Officer
CET1
 
Common Equity Tier 1
CEO
 
Chief Executive Officer
CFPB
 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
Citizens or CFG or the Company
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
CLTV
 
Combined Loan to Value
CMO
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation
CRE
 
Commercial Real Estate
CRO
 
Chief Risk Officer
DFAST
 
Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test
Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
EPS
 
Earnings Per Share
ERISA
 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
Fannie Mae (FNMA)
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIA
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
FDIC
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLB
 
Federal Home Loan Bank
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)
FRB
 
Federal Reserve Bank
FRBG
 
Federal Reserve Board of Governors
Freddie Mac (FHLMC)
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
FTP
 
Funds Transfer Pricing
GAAP
 
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America
GDP
 
Gross Domestic Product
Ginnie Mae (GNMA)
 
Government National Mortgage Association
HELOC
 
Home Equity Line of Credit
HTM
 
Held To Maturity
IPO
 
Initial Public Offering

3
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

LCR
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD
 
Loss Given Default
LIBOR
 
London Interbank Offered Rate
LIHTC
 
Low Income Housing Tax Credit
LTV
 
Loan to Value
MBS
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities
MSR
 
Mortgage Servicing Right
NSFR
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
OCC
 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
 
Other Comprehensive Income
OIS
 
Overnight Index Swap
PD
 
Probability of Default
peers or peer banks or peer regional banks
 
BB&T, Comerica, Fifth Third, KeyCorp, M&T, PNC, Regions, SunTrust and U.S. Bancorp
RBS
 
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc or any of its subsidiaries
ROTCE
 
Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
RPA
 
Risk Participation Agreement
RWA
 
Risk-weighted Assets
SBO
 
Serviced by Others loan portfolio
SEC
 
United States Securities and Exchange Commission
SVaR
 
Stressed Value at Risk
TDR
 
Troubled Debt Restructuring
VaR
 
Value at Risk




4
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


5
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
(in millions, except share data)
March 31, 2016

 
December 31, 2015
ASSETS:
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks

$839

 

$1,099

Interest-bearing cash and due from banks
1,016

 
1,986

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
534

 
356

Securities available for sale, at fair value (including $297 and $4,283 pledged to creditors, respectively) (a)
17,964

 
17,884

Securities held to maturity (including $0 and $135 pledged to creditors, respectively, and fair value of $5,261 and $5,297, respectively) (a)
5,129

 
5,258

Other investment securities, at fair value
68

 
70

Other investment securities, at cost
896

 
863

Loans held for sale, at fair value
365

 
325

Other loans held for sale
386

 
40

Loans and leases
100,991

 
99,042

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,224

 
1,216

Net loans and leases
99,767

 
97,826

Derivative assets
1,068

 
625

Premises and equipment, net
570

 
595

Bank-owned life insurance
1,576

 
1,564

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

Due from broker
161

 
—

Other assets
2,862

 
2,841

TOTAL ASSETS

$140,077

 

$138,208

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
      Noninterest-bearing

$27,186

 

$27,649

Interest-bearing
75,420

 
74,890

          Total deposits
102,606

 
102,539

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
714

 
802

Other short-term borrowed funds
3,300

 
2,630

Derivative liabilities
832

 
485

Deferred taxes, net
852

 
730

Long-term borrowed funds (RBS balances of $1,125 and $1,250, respectively)
10,035

 
9,886

Due to broker
276

 
—

Other liabilities
1,497

 
1,490

TOTAL LIABILITIES

$120,112

 

$118,562

Contingencies (refer to Note 12)


 


STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $25.00 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares:
 
 
 
Series A, non-cumulative perpetual, $25.00 par value (liquidation preference $1,000), 250,000 shares authorized and issued net of issuance costs and related premium at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

$247

 

$247

Common stock:
 
 
 
$0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 564,276,714 shares issued and 528,933,727 shares outstanding at March 31, 2016 and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 563,117,415 shares issued and 527,774,428 shares outstanding at December 31, 2015
6

 
6

Additional paid-in capital
18,730

 
18,725

Retained earnings
2,076

 
1,913

Treasury Stock, at cost, 35,342,987 shares at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(858
)
 
(858
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(236
)
 
(387
)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$19,965

 

$19,646

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$140,077

 

$138,208

(a) Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

6
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 (in millions, except share and per-share data)
2016

2015

INTEREST INCOME:
 
 
Interest and fees on loans and leases

$868


$779

Interest and fees on loans held for sale, at fair value
3

2

Interest and fees on other loans held for sale
1

1

Investment securities
145

159

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
2

1

Total interest income
1,019

942

INTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
Deposits
60

52

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1

7

Other short-term borrowed funds
11

15

Long-term borrowed funds (RBS balances of $11 and $20, respectively)
43

32

Total interest expense
115

106

Net interest income
904

836

Provision for credit losses
91

58

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
813

778

NONINTEREST INCOME:
 
 
Service charges and fees
144

135

Card fees
50

52

Trust and investment services fees
37

36

Capital markets fees
22

22

Foreign exchange and letter of credit fees
21

23

Mortgage banking fees
18

33

Bank-owned life insurance income
13

12

Securities gains, net
9

8

Net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings
(1
)
(1
)
Other income
17

27

Total noninterest income
330

347

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
425

419

Outside services
91

79

Occupancy
76

80

Equipment expense
65

63

Amortization of software
39

36

Other operating expense
115

133

Total noninterest expense
811

810

Income before income tax expense
332

315

Income tax expense
109

106

NET INCOME

$223


$209

Net income available to common stockholders
$216
$209
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
Basic
528,070,648

546,291,363

Diluted
530,446,188

549,798,717

Per common share information:
 
 
Basic earnings

$0.41


$0.38

Diluted earnings
0.41

0.38

   Dividends declared and paid
0.10

0.10

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

7
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

2015

Net income

$223


$209

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
Net unrealized derivative instrument gains arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $21 and $39, respectively
33

65

Reclassification adjustment for net derivative gains included in net income, net of income taxes of ($6) and ($1), respectively
(8
)
(2
)
Net unrealized securities available for sale gains arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $92 and $54, respectively
154

90

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities, net of income taxes of ($15) and ($11), respectively
(25
)
(19
)
Reclassification of net securities gains to net income, net of income taxes of ($3) and ($3), respectively
(5
)
(4
)
Defined benefit pension plans:
 
 
Amortization of actuarial loss, net of income taxes $2 and $1, respectively
2

2

Total other comprehensive income, net of income taxes
151

132

Total comprehensive income

$374


$341

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

8
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
 
Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained Earnings
Treasury Stock, at Cost
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Total

(in millions)
Shares
Amount
 
Shares
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2015
—


$—

 
546


$6


$18,676


$1,294


($336
)

($372
)

$19,268

Dividends to common stockholders
—

—

 
—

—

—

(16
)
—

—

(16
)
Dividends to RBS
—

—

 
—

—

—

(39
)
—

—

(39
)
Share-based compensation plans
—

—

 
1

—

29

—

(21
)
—

8

Employee stock purchase plan shares purchased
—

—

 
—

—

2

—

—

—

2

Total comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
—

—

 
—

—

—

209

—

—

209

Other comprehensive income
—

—

 
—

—

—

—

—

132

132

Total comprehensive income
—

—

 
—

—

—

209

—

132

341

Balance at March 31, 2015
—


$—

 
547


$6


$18,707


$1,448


($357
)

($240
)

$19,564

Balance at January 1, 2016
—


$247

 
528


$6


$18,725


$1,913


($858
)

($387
)

$19,646

Dividends to common stockholders
—

—

 
—

—

—

(53
)
—

—

(53
)
Dividend to preferred stockholders
—

—

 
—

—

—

(7
)
—

—

(7
)
Share-based compensation plans
—

—

 
1

—

2

—

—

—

2

Employee stock purchase plan shares purchased
—

—

 
—

—

3

—

—

—

3

Total comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
—

—

 
—

—

—

223

—

—

223

Other comprehensive income
—

—

 
—

—

—

—

—

151

151

Total comprehensive income
—

—

 
—

—

—

223

—

151

374

Balance at March 31, 2016
—


$247

 
529


$6


$18,730


$2,076


($858
)

($236
)

$19,965

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

9
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

2015

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Net income

$223


$209

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
Provision for credit losses
91

58

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
(484
)
(495
)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale
479

462

Purchases of commercial loans held for sale
(362
)
(288
)
Proceeds from sales of commercial loans held for sale
345

262

Amortization of terminated cash flow hedges
15

4

Depreciation, amortization and accretion
112

113

Mortgage servicing rights valuation charge-off (recovery)
5

(1
)
Securities impairment
1

1

Deferred income taxes
30

14

Share-based compensation
4

6

Gain on sales of:
 
 
Debt securities
(9
)
(8
)
Marketable equity securities available for sale
—

(2
)
Premises and equipment
(2
)
—

Increase in other assets
(339
)
(136
)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
265

(101
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
374

98

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Investment securities:
 
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
(706
)
(2,190
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of securities available for sale
709

865

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
217

1,101

Purchases of securities held to maturity
—

(181
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of securities held to maturity
131

150

Purchases of other investment securities, at fair value
(51
)
—

Proceeds from sales of other investment securities, at fair value
53

—

Purchases of other investment securities, at cost
(37
)
(6
)
Proceeds from sales of other investment securities, at cost
4

11

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits in banks
(178
)
(245
)
Net increase in loans and leases
(2,401
)
(1,183
)
Net increase in bank-owned life insurance
(12
)
(8
)
Premises and equipment:
 
 
Purchases
(8
)
(18
)
Proceeds from sales
3

11

Capitalization of software
(45
)
(47
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(2,321
)
(1,740
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Net increase in deposits
67

3,283

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(88
)
145

Net increase in other short-term borrowed funds
670

—

Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowed funds
750

—

Repayments of long-term borrowed funds (RBS balances of $125 and $0, respectively)
(629
)
(3
)
Dividends declared and paid to common stockholders

(53
)
(55
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
717

3,370

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(1,230
)
1,728

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
3,085

3,276

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$1,855


$5,004

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.



10
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Basis of Presentation
The unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes thereto of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., have been prepared in accordance with GAAP interim reporting requirements, and therefore do not include all information and Notes included in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP. These unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s principal business activity is banking, conducted through its subsidiaries, Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.
The unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. The results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year.
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income, total comprehensive income, total assets or total stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10 “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing.” The ASU supplements the new revenue recognition standard issued in 2014 by clarifying the guidance related to licensing and the identification of performance obligations. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” The ASU modifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2017. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08 “Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net).” The ASU supplements the new revenue recognition standard issued in 2014 by clarifying the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-05 “Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships.” The ASU clarifies that a change in a counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument, in and of itself, does not result in a hedge de-designation under ASC 815. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2017. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases.” The ASU generally requires lessees to recognize a right-of use asset and corresponding lease liability for all leases with a lease term of greater than one year. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2019. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01 “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” The ASU requires equity investments (except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income. The ASU also requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial assets on the balance sheet or the notes to the financial statements. In addition, the ASU makes several other targeted amendments to the existing accounting and disclosure requirements for financial instruments, including revised guidance related to valuation allowance assessments when recognizing deferred tax assets on unrealized losses on debt securities available for sale. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.





11
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.” This standard focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, and securitization structures (e.g., collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, and mortgage-backed security transactions). This new standard simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models. The ASU was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTE 2 - SECURITIES
The following table provides the major components of securities at amortized cost and fair value:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale
 
 
 
 
 




U.S. Treasury and other

$16


$—


$—


$16

 

$16


$—


$—


$16

State and political subdivisions
9

—

—

9

 
9

—

—

9

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,147

300

(13
)
17,434

 
17,234

153

(67
)
17,320

Other/non-agency
526

2

(40
)
488

 
555

4

(37
)
522

Total mortgage-backed securities
17,673

302

(53
)
17,922

 
17,789

157

(104
)
17,842

Total debt securities available for sale
17,698

302

(53
)
17,947

 
17,814

157

(104
)
17,867

Marketable equity securities
5

—

—

5

 
5

—

—

5

Other equity securities
12

—

—

12

 
12

—

—

12

Total equity securities available for sale
17

—

—

17

 
17

—

—

17

Total securities available for sale

$17,715


$302


($53
)

$17,964

 

$17,831


$157


($104
)

$17,884

Securities Held to Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$4,010


$93


$—


$4,103

 

$4,105


$27


($11
)

$4,121

Other/non-agency
1,119

39

—

1,158

 
1,153

23

—

1,176

Total securities held to maturity

$5,129


$132


$—


$5,261

 

$5,258


$50


($11
)

$5,297

Other Investment Securities, at Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund

$63


$—


$—


$63

 

$65


$—


$—


$65

Other investments
5

—

—

5

 
5

—

—

5

Total other investment securities, at fair value

$68


$—


$—


$68

 

$70


$—


$—


$70

Other Investment Securities, at Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock

$468


$—


$—


$468

 

$468


$—


$—


$468

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
428

—

—

428

 
395

—

—

395

Total other investment securities, at cost

$896


$—


$—


$896

 

$863


$—


$—


$863


12
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)



The Company has reviewed its securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairments. The following table presents the net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings:
 
Three Months Ended
 March 31
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Other-than-temporary impairment:
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

($41
)
 

($31
)
      Portions of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)
40

 
30

Net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings

($1
)
 

($1
)

The following tables summarize those securities whose fair values are below carrying values, segregated by those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer:
 
March 31, 2016
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in millions)
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
U.S. Treasury and other
1


$9


$—

 
—


$—


$—

 
1


$9


$—

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
15

614

(1
)
 
33

727

(12
)
 
48

1,341

(13
)
Other/non-agency
6

19

—

 
20

344

(40
)
 
26

363

(40
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
21

633

(1
)
 
53

1,071

(52
)
 
74

1,704

(53
)
Total
22


$642


($1
)
 
53


$1,071


($52
)
 
75


$1,713


($53
)

 
December 31, 2015
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in millions)
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
State and political subdivisions
1


$9


$—

 
—


$—


$—

 
1


$9


$—

U.S. Treasury and other
1

15

—

 
—

—

—

 
1

15

—

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
162

7,423

(51
)
 
36

819

(27
)
 
198

8,242

(78
)
Other/non-agency
2

9

—

 
20

361

(37
)
 
22

370

(37
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
164

7,432

(51
)
 
56

1,180

(64
)
 
220

8,612

(115
)
Total
166


$7,456


($51
)
 
56


$1,180


($64
)
 
222


$8,636


($115
)

For each debt security identified with an unrealized loss, the Company reviews the expected cash flows to determine if the impairment in value is temporary or other-than-temporary. If the Company has determined that the present value of the debt security’s expected cash flows is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is deemed to have occurred. The amount of impairment loss that is recognized in current period earnings is dependent on the Company’s intent to sell (or not sell) the debt security.

13
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


If the Company intends to sell the impaired debt security, the impairment loss recognized in current period earnings equals the difference between the debt security’s fair value and its amortized cost. If the Company does not intend to sell the impaired debt security, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the impaired security, the credit-related impairment loss is recognized in current period earnings and equals the difference between the amortized cost of the debt security and the present value of the expected cash flows that have currently been projected.
In addition to these cash flow projections, several other characteristics of each debt security are reviewed when determining whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover. These characteristics include: (1) the type of investment, (2) various market factors affecting the fair value of the security (e.g., interest rates, spread levels, liquidity in the sector, etc.), (3) the length and severity of impairment, and (4) the public credit rating of the instrument.
The Company estimates the portion of loss attributable to credit using a cash flow model. The inputs to this model include prepayment, default and loss severity assumptions that are based on industry research and observed data. The loss projections generated by the model are reviewed on a quarterly basis by a cross-functional governance committee. This governance committee determines whether security impairments are other-than-temporary based on this review.
The following table presents the cumulative credit-related losses recognized in earnings on debt securities held by the Company:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Cumulative balance at beginning of period

$66

 

$62

Credit impairments recognized in earnings on securities that have been previously impaired
1

 
1

Reductions due to increases in cash flow expectations on impaired securities
(1
)
 
(1
)
Cumulative balance at end of period

$66

 

$62


Cumulative credit losses recognized in earnings for impaired AFS debt securities held as of March 31, 2016 and 2015 were $66 million and $62 million, respectively. There were no credit losses recognized in earnings for the Company’s HTM portfolio as of March 31, 2016 and 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized credit related other-than-temporary impairment losses in earnings of $1 million related to non-agency MBS in the AFS portfolio. There were no credit impaired debt securities sold during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. Reductions in credit losses due to increases in cash flow expectations were $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, and were presented in interest income from investment securities on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company does not currently have the intent to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of their amortized cost bases.
The Company has determined that credit losses are not expected to be incurred on the remaining agency and non-agency MBS identified with unrealized losses as of the current reporting date. The unrealized losses on these debt securities reflect the reduced liquidity in the MBS market and the increased risk spreads due to the uncertainty of the U.S. macroeconomic environment. Therefore, the Company has determined that these debt securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired because the Company does not currently have the intent to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of their amortized cost bases. Any subsequent increases in the valuation of impaired debt securities do not impact their recorded cost bases. Additionally, as of March 31, 2016 and 2015, $40 million and $30 million respectively, of pre-tax non-credit related losses were deferred in OCI.


14
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at March 31, 2016 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
 
Distribution of Maturities
(in millions)
1 Year or Less
1-5 Years
5-10 Years
After 10 Years
Total

Amortized Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and other

$15


$—


$1


$—


$16

State and political subdivisions
—

—

—

9

9

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
15

37

1,790

15,305

17,147

Other/non-agency
—

57

3

466

526

Total debt securities available for sale
30

94

1,794

15,780

17,698

Debt securities held to maturity
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
—

—

—

4,010

4,010

Other/non-agency
—

—

—

1,119

1,119

Total debt securities held to maturity
—

—

—

5,129

5,129

Total amortized cost of debt securities

$30


$94


$1,794


$20,909


$22,827

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and other

$15


$—


$1


$—


$16

State and political subdivisions
—

—

—

9

9

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
15

39

1,823

15,557

17,434

Other/non-agency
—

57

3

428

488

Total debt securities available for sale
30

96

1,827

15,994

17,947

Debt securities held to maturity
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
—

—

—

4,103

4,103

Other/non-agency
—

—

—

1,158

1,158

Total debt securities held to maturity
—

—

—

5,261

5,261

Total fair value of debt securities

$30


$96


$1,827


$21,255


$23,208


The following table reports the amounts recognized in interest income from investment securities on the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Taxable

$145

 

$159

Non-taxable
—

 
—

Total interest income from investment securities and interest-bearing deposits in banks

$145

 

$159



15
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Realized gains and losses on securities are shown below:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Gains on sale of debt securities

$9

 

$12

Losses on sale of debt securities
—

 
(4
)
Debt securities gains, net

$9

 

$8

Equity securities gains

$—

 

$2

The amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged are shown below:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Amortized Cost
Fair Value

 
Amortized Cost
Fair Value

Pledged against repurchase agreements

$682


$695

 

$805


$808

Pledged against FHLB borrowed funds
1,129

1,168

 
1,163

1,186

Pledged against derivatives, to qualify for fiduciary powers, and to secure public and other deposits as required by law
3,336

3,406

 
3,579

3,610


The Company regularly enters into security repurchase agreements with unrelated counterparties. Repurchase agreements are financial transactions that involve the transfer of a security from one party to another and a subsequent transfer of the same (or “substantially the same”) security back to the original party. The Company’s repurchase agreements are typically short-term transactions, but they may be extended to longer terms to maturity. Such transactions are accounted for as secured borrowed funds on the Company’s financial statements. When permitted by GAAP, the Company offsets the short-term receivables associated with its reverse repurchase agreements with the short-term payables associated with its repurchase agreements.
The effects of this offsetting on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are presented in the following table:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Gross Assets (Liabilities)
Gross Assets (Liabilities) Offset
Net Amounts of Assets (Liabilities)
 
Gross Assets (Liabilities)
Gross Assets (Liabilities) Offset
Net Amounts of Assets (Liabilities)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell

$—


$—


$—

 

$500


($500
)

$—

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
—

—

—

 
(500
)
500

—


Note: The Company also offsets certain derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For further information see Note 11 “Derivatives.”

There were no securitizations of mortgage loans retained in the investment portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and there were $18 million of securitizations of mortgage loans for the three months ended March 31, 2015. These securitizations included a substantive guarantee by a third party. In 2015, the guarantor was Freddie Mac. These securitizations were accounted for as a sale of the transferred loans and as a purchase of securities. The securities received from the guarantors are classified as AFS.
 

16
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 3 - LOANS AND LEASES
A summary of the loans and leases portfolio follows:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Commercial

$34,671

 

$33,264

Commercial real estate
9,406

 
8,971

Leases
3,895

 
3,979

Total commercial
47,972

 
46,214

Residential mortgages
13,345

 
13,318

Home equity loans
2,313

 
2,557

Home equity lines of credit
14,526

 
14,674

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
930

 
986

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
339

 
389

Automobile
13,847

 
13,828

Student
5,006

 
4,359

Credit cards
1,581

 
1,634

Other retail
1,132

 
1,083

Total retail
53,019

 
52,828

Total loans and leases (2) (3)

$100,991

 

$99,042


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Excluded from the table above are loans held for sale totaling $751 million and $365 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(3) Mortgage loans serviced for others by the Company’s subsidiaries are not included above and amounted to $17.4 billion and $17.6 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Loans held for sale at fair value totaled $365 million and $325 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and consisted of residential mortgages originated for sale of $292 million and the commercial trading portfolio of $73 million as of March 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, residential mortgages originated for sale were $268 million and the commercial trading portfolio totaled $57 million.
Other loans held for sale, at lower of cost or market value, totaled $386 million and $40 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. On March 31, 2016, the Company transferred $373 million of TDRs to other loans held for sale, including $288 million of residential mortgages and $85 million of home equity loans. Other loans held for sale also included commercial loans associated with the Company’s syndications business of $13 million as of March 31, 2016 compared with $40 million as of December 31, 2015. The December 31, 2015 balance consisted entirely of commercial loan syndications.
Loans pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowed funds totaled $23.7 billion and $23.2 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. This collateral consists primarily of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Loans pledged as collateral to support the contingent ability to borrow at the FRB discount window, if necessary, totaled $15.6 billion and $15.9 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company purchased $134 million of automobile loans, $120 million of residential mortgages, and $369 million of student loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company purchased $249 million of residential loans, $393 million of automobile loans, and $261 million of student loans.
During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company sold $73 million of commercial loans and $173 million of residential mortgage loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company sold $273 million of residential mortgage loans and $111 million of commercial loans.     

17
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, NONPERFORMING ASSETS, AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The allowance for credit losses consists of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. It is increased through a provision for credit losses that is charged to earnings, based on the Company’s quarterly evaluation of the loan portfolio, and is reduced by net charge-offs and the ALLL associated with sold loans. See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, for a detailed discussion of ALLL reserve methodologies and estimation techniques.
On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews and refines its estimate of the allowance for credit losses, taking into consideration changes in portfolio size and composition, historical loss experience, internal risk ratings, current economic conditions, industry performance trends and other pertinent information.
There were no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques compared with prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period’s ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
The following is a summary of changes in the allowance for credit losses:
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2016

$596


$620


$1,216

Charge-offs
(13
)
(113
)
(126
)
Recoveries
4

39

43

Net charge-offs
(9
)
(74
)
(83
)
Provision charged to income
46

45

91

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of March 31, 2016
633

591

1,224

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2016
58

—

58

Credit for unfunded lending commitments
—

—

—

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of March 31, 2016
58

—

58

Total allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2016

$691


$591


$1,282

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2015

$544


$651


$1,195

Charge-offs
(6
)
(109
)
(115
)
Recoveries
28

33

61

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
22

(76
)
(54
)
Sales/Other
—

(2
)
(2
)
Provision charged to income
12

51

63

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of March 31, 2015
578

624

1,202

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2015
61

—

61

Provision for unfunded lending commitments
(5
)
—

(5
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of March 31, 2015
56

—

56

Total allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2015

$634


$624


$1,258



18
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The recorded investment in loans and leases based on the Company’s evaluation methodology is as follows:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

 
Commercial

Retail

Total

Individually evaluated

$439


$775


$1,214

 

$218


$1,165


$1,383

Formula-based evaluation
47,533

52,244

99,777

 
45,996

51,663

97,659

Total

$47,972


$53,019


$100,991

 

$46,214


$52,828


$99,042


The following is a summary of the allowance for credit losses by evaluation method:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

 
Commercial

Retail

Total

Individually evaluated

$42


$82


$124

 

$36


$101


$137

Formula-based evaluation
649

509

1,158

 
618

519

1,137

Allowance for credit losses

$691


$591


$1,282

 

$654


$620


$1,274


For commercial loans and leases, the Company utilizes regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Loans with a “pass” rating are those that the Company believes will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans and leases that are “criticized” are those that have some weakness that indicates an increased probability of future loss. For retail loans, the Company primarily uses the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. The further a loan is past due, the greater the likelihood of future credit loss. These credit quality indicators for both commercial and retail loans are continually updated and monitored.
The recorded investment in classes of commercial loans and leases based on regulatory classification ratings is as follows:
 
March 31, 2016
 
 
Criticized
 
(in millions)
Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial

$32,567


$928


$1,086


$90


$34,671

Commercial real estate
8,864

272

184

86

9,406

Leases
3,767

72

56

—

3,895

Total

$45,198


$1,272


$1,326


$176


$47,972


 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Criticized
 
(in millions)
Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial

$31,276


$911


$1,002


$75


$33,264

Commercial real estate
8,450

272

171

78

8,971

Leases
3,880

55

44

—

3,979

Total

$43,606


$1,238


$1,217


$153


$46,214



19
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The recorded investment in classes of retail loans, categorized by delinquency status is as follows:
 
March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Current

1-29 Days Past Due
30-59 Days Past Due
60-89 Days Past Due
90 Days or More Past Due
Total

Residential mortgages

$13,058


$77


$52


$7


$151


$13,345

Home equity loans
2,055

147

26

5

80

2,313

Home equity lines of credit
13,870

380

53

17

206

14,526

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
840

55

14

1

20

930

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
250

40

9

5

35

339

Automobile
12,827

860

104

20

36

13,847

Student
4,848

87

17

9

45

5,006

Credit cards
1,511

37

10

7

16

1,581

Other retail
1,069

49

9

2

3

1,132

Total

$50,328


$1,732


$294


$73


$592


$53,019

(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.

 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Current

1-29 Days Past Due
30-59 Days Past Due
60-89 Days Past Due
90 Days or More Past Due
Total

Residential mortgages

$12,905


$97


$54


$16


$246


$13,318

Home equity loans
2,245

164

32

12

104

2,557

Home equity lines of credit
13,982

407

60

20

205

14,674

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
886

60

14

6

20

986

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
296

48

10

6

29

389

Automobile
12,670

964

127

32

35

13,828

Student
4,175

113

19

11

41

4,359

Credit cards
1,554

44

11

9

16

1,634

Other retail
1,013

53

8

4

5

1,083

Total

$49,726


$1,950


$335


$116


$701


$52,828


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.

20
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Nonperforming Assets
The following table presents nonperforming loans and leases and loans accruing 90 days or more past due:
 
Nonperforming (1)
 
Accruing and 90 days or more past due
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Commercial

$284

 

$71

 

$2

 

$1

Commercial real estate
86

 
77

 
2

 
—

Leases
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total commercial
370

 
148

 
4

 
1

Residential mortgages (2) (3) (4)
174

 
331

 
22

 
—

Home equity loans (2)
99

 
135

 
—

 
—

Home equity lines of credit
261

 
272

 
—

 
—

Home equity loans serviced by others (5)
37

 
38

 
—

 
—

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (5)
38

 
32

 
—

 
—

Automobile
42

 
42

 
—

 
—

Student
40

 
41

 
5

 
6

Credit card
16

 
16

 
—

 
—

Other retail
2

 
5

 
1

 
2

Total retail
709

 
912

 
28

 
8

Total

$1,079

 

$1,060

 

$32

 

$9

(1) Effective March 31, 2016, the Company began excluding loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing, which includes loans guaranteed by government-sponsored entities, from nonperforming loans and leases. Nonperforming loans and leases as of December 31, 2015 included loans and leases on nonaccrual of $1.051 billion and loans and leases accruing and 90 days or more past due of $9 million.
(2) $97 million of previously nonperforming troubled debt restructured loans were transferred from loans and leases to other loans held for sale on March 31, 2016, including $66 million of residential mortgages and $31 million of home equity loans.     
(3) Effective March 31, 2016, the Company began excluding first lien residential mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration from nonperforming balances; $22 million of these loans are presented above as accruing and 90 days or more past due.
(4) Effective March 31, 2016, the Company began excluding guaranteed residential mortgage loans sold to GNMA for which the Company had the right but not the obligation to repurchase from nonperforming balances; these totaled $37 million; these loans are consolidated on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(5) The Company's SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
A summary of other nonperforming assets is as follows:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Other nonperforming assets, net of valuation allowance:
 
 
 
Commercial

$1

 

$1

Retail
47

 
45

Other nonperforming assets, net of valuation allowance

$48

 

$46


Other nonperforming assets consist primarily of other real estate owned and are presented in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

21
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


A summary of key performance indicators is as follows:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases (1)
0.37
%
 
0.15
%
Nonperforming retail loans as a percentage of total loans and leases (1)
0.70

 
0.92

Total nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases (1)
1.07
%
 
1.07
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming commercial assets as a percentage of total assets (1)
0.26
%
 
0.11
%
Nonperforming retail assets as a percentage of total assets (1)
0.54

 
0.69

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets (1)
0.80
%
 
0.80
%
(1) December 31, 2015 ratios included loans accruing and 90 days or more past due of $1 million and $8 million for commercial and retail, respectively.
The recorded investment in mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process was $216 million and $257 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
The following is an analysis of the age of the past due amounts (accruing and nonaccruing):
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
30-59 Days Past Due
60-89 Days Past Due
 90 Days or More Past Due
 Total Past Due
 
30-59 Days Past Due
60-89 Days Past Due
 90 Days or More Past Due
 Total Past Due
Commercial

$13


$7


$287


$307

 

$9


$4


$71


$84

Commercial real estate
40

—

88

128

 
30

3

77

110

Leases
15

—

—

15

 
9

1

—

10

Total commercial
68

7

375

450

 
48

8

148

204

Residential mortgages
52

7

151

210

 
54

16

246

316

Home equity loans
26

5

80

111

 
32

12

104

148

Home equity lines of credit
53

17

206

276

 
60

20

205

285

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
14

1

20

35

 
14

6

20

40

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
9

5

35

49

 
10

6

29

45

Automobile
104

20

36

160

 
127

32

35

194

Student
17

9

45

71

 
19

11

41

71

Credit cards
10

7

16

33

 
11

9

16

36

Other retail
9

2

3

14

 
8

4

5

17

Total retail
294

73

592

959

 
335

116

701

1,152

Total

$362


$80


$967


$1,409

 

$383


$124


$849


$1,356


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


22
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Impaired loans include: (1) nonaccruing larger balance commercial loans (greater than $3 million carrying value); and (2) commercial and retail TDRs (excluding loans held for sale). The following is a summary of impaired loan information by class:

March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Impaired Loans With a Related Allowance
Allowance on Impaired Loans
Impaired Loans Without a Related Allowance
Unpaid Contractual Balance
Total Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Commercial

$163


$30


$208


$414


$371

Commercial real estate
56

12

12

69

68

Total commercial
219

42

220

483

439

Residential mortgages (1)
35

4

111

183

146

Home equity loans (1)
55

6

84

165

139

Home equity lines of credit
25

3

165

227

190

Home equity loans serviced by others (2)
48

7

22

84

70

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (2)
3

—

7

14

10

Automobile
3

—

11

19

14

Student
163

47

1

164

164

Credit cards
27

11

—

27

27

Other retail
13

4

2

17

15

Total retail
372

82

403

900

775

Total

$591


$124


$623


$1,383


$1,214

(1) Excluded from the table above are retail TDR principal balances held for sale with a total recorded investment of $373 million, including residential mortgages of $288 million and home equity loans of $85 million.
(2) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.

 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Impaired Loans With a Related Allowance
Allowance on Impaired Loans
Impaired Loans Without a Related Allowance
Unpaid Contractual Balance
Total Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Commercial

$92


$23


$58


$144


$150

Commercial real estate
56

13

12

70

68

Total commercial
148

36

70

214

218

Residential mortgages
121

16

320

608

441

Home equity loans
85

11

139

283

224

Home equity lines of credit
27

2

167

234

194

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
50

8

24

88

74

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
3

1

7

14

10

Automobile
3

—

11

19

14

Student
163

48

2

165

165

Credit cards
28

11

—

28

28

Other retail
13

4

2

18

15

Total retail
493

101

672

1,457

1,165

Total

$641


$137


$742


$1,671


$1,383


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


23
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Additional information on impaired loans is as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2016
 
2015
(in millions)
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
Commercial

$1


$201

 

$1


$142

Commercial real estate
—

66

 
—

51

Total commercial
1

267

 
1

193

Residential mortgages
1

142

 
4

441

Home equity loans
2

134

 
2

268

Home equity lines of credit
1

187

 
1

156

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1

71

 
1

88

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
—

10

 
—

11

Automobile
—

13

 
—

11

Student
2

163

 
2

164

Credit cards
—

27

 
1

30

Other retail
—

14

 
—

19

Total retail
7

761

 
11

1,188

Total

$8


$1,028

 

$12


$1,381


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
A loan modification is identified as a TDR when the Company or a bankruptcy court grants the borrower a concession the Company would not otherwise make in response to the borrower’s financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. The Company’s loan modifications are handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet the borrower’s financial needs. Concessions granted in TDRs for all classes of loans may include lowering the interest rate, forgiving a portion of principal, extending the loan term, lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, or capitalizing past due amounts. A rate increase can be a concession if the increased rate is lower than a market rate for debt with risk similar to that of the restructured loan. TDRs for commercial loans and leases may also involve creating a multiple note structure, accepting non-cash assets, accepting an equity interest, or receiving a performance-based fee. In some cases, a TDR may involve multiple concessions. The financial effects of TDRs for all loan classes may include lower income (either due to a lower interest rate or a delay in the timing of cash flows), larger loan loss provisions, and accelerated charge-offs if the modification renders the loan collateral-dependent. In some cases, interest income throughout the term of the loan may increase if, for example, the loan is extended or the interest rate is increased as a result of the restructuring.
Because TDRs are impaired loans, the Company measures impairment by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows, or when appropriate, the fair value of collateral, to the loan’s recorded investment. Any excess of recorded investment over the present value of expected future cash flows or collateral value is recognized by creating a valuation allowance or increasing an existing valuation allowance. Any portion of the loan’s recorded investment the Company does not expect to collect as a result of the modification is charged off at the time of modification.
Commercial TDRs were $143 million and $155 million on March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Retail TDRs totaled $775 million and $1.2 billion on March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. On March 31, 2016, $373 million of TDRs were transferred to other loans held for sale including $288 million of residential mortgages and $85 million of home equity loans. Commitments to lend additional funds to debtors owing receivables which were TDRs were $28 million and $15 million on March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.


24
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the three months ended March 31, 2016, the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2016 and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to March 31, 2016.
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
5


$1


$1

 
26


$4


$4

Commercial real estate
—

—

—

 
—

—

—

Total commercial
5

1

1

 
26

4

4

Residential mortgages
22

3

3

 
6

1

1

Home equity loans
14

1

1

 
16

2

2

Home equity lines of credit
7

1

1

 
19

2

2

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
3

—

—

 
—

—

—

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
—

—

—

 
1

—

—

Automobile
21

1

1

 
5

—

—

Student
—

—

—

 
—

—

—

Credit cards
529

3

3

 
—

—

—

Other retail
—

—

—

 
—

—

—

Total retail
596

9

9

 
47

5

5

Total
601


$10


$10

 
73


$9


$9

 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
5


$21


$20

 

($1
)

$18

Commercial real estate
—

—

—

 
—

—

Total commercial
5

21

20

 
(1
)
18

Residential mortgages
64

8

8

 
—

—

Home equity loans
87

6

6

 
—

—

Home equity lines of credit
32

2

2

 
—

—

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
18

1

1

 
—

—

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
8

—

—

 
—

—

Automobile
191

3

3

 
—

—

Student
186

4

4

 
1

—

Credit cards
—

—

—

 
—

—

Other retail
3

—

—

 
—

—

Total retail
589

24

24

 
1

—

Total
594


$45


$44

 

$—


$18


(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post modification balances being higher than pre-modification.

25
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the three months ended March 31, 2015, the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2015 and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to March 31, 2015.
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
6


$1


$1

 
28


$10


$10

Commercial real estate
1

—

—

 
—

—

—

Total commercial
7

1

1

 
28

10

10

Residential mortgages
33

6

6

 
10

2

2

Home equity loans
21

1

1

 
37

5

5

Home equity lines of credit
—

—

—

 
3

—

—

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
17

1

1

 
—

—

—

Automobile
20

1

1

 
1

—

—

Credit cards
604

3

3

 
—

—

—

Total retail
695

12

12

 
51

7

7

Total
702


$13


$13

 
79


$17


$17

 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
1


$2


$2

 

($1
)

$—

Commercial real estate
1

4

4

 
—

—

Total commercial
2

6

6

 
(1
)
—

Residential mortgages
64

6

6

 
(1
)
—

Home equity loans
197

10

10

 
—

—

Home equity lines of credit
135

8

7

 
—

1

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
46

2

2

 
—

1

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
7

—

—

 
—

—

Automobile
297

5

4

 
—

1

Student
381

8

7

 
2

—

Other retail
11

—

—

 
—

—

Total retail
1,138

39

36

 
1

3

Total
1,140


$45


$42

 

$—


$3

(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post modification balances being higher than pre-modification.


26
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The table below summarizes TDRs that defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 within 12 months of their modification date. For purposes of this table, a payment default is defined as being past due 90 days or more under the modified terms. Amounts represent the loan’s recorded investment at the time of payment default. Loan data includes loans meeting the criteria that were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to March 31, 2016 and 2015. If a TDR of any loan type becomes 90 days past due after being modified, the loan is written down to the fair value of collateral less cost to sell. The amount written off is charged to the ALLL.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2016
 
2015
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
 
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
Commercial
3


$—

 
6


$—

Commercial real estate
—

—

 
—

—

Total commercial
3

—

 
6

—

Residential mortgages
54

8

 
49

7

Home equity loans
49

3

 
51

3

Home equity lines of credit
25

3

 
40

2

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
10

1

 
16

—

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
5

—

 
1

—

Automobile
15

—

 
23

—

Student
13

—

 
65

2

Credit cards
121

1

 
102

1

Other retail
—

—

 
2

—

Total retail
292

16

 
349

15

Total
295


$16

 
355


$15

(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. Generally, loans are collateralized by assets including real estate, inventory, accounts receivable, other personal property and investment securities. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had a significant amount of loans collateralized by residential and commercial real estate. There are no significant concentrations within the commercial loan or retail loan portfolios. Exposure to credit losses arising from lending transactions may fluctuate with fair values of collateral supporting loans, which may not perform according to contractual agreements. The Company’s policy is to collateralize loans to the extent necessary; however, unsecured loans are also granted on the basis of the financial strength of the applicant and the facts surrounding the transaction.
Certain loan products, including residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and credit cards, have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Company in the event of an increase in interest rates or a decline in housing values. These products include loans that exceed 90% of the value of the underlying collateral (high LTV loans), interest-only and negative amortization residential mortgages, and loans with low introductory rates. Certain loans have more than one of these characteristics.

27
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table presents balances of loans with these characteristics:
 
March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Residential Mortgages
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
Home Equity Products Serviced by Others
Credit Cards
Student
Total

High loan-to-value

$519


$815


$695


$—


$—


$2,029

Interest only/negative amortization
1,181

—

—

—

1

1,182

Low introductory rate
—

—

—

93

—

93

Multiple characteristics and other
4

—

—

—

—

4

Total

$1,704


$815


$695


$93


$1


$3,308

 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Residential Mortgages
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
Home Equity Products Serviced by Others
Credit Cards
Student
Total

High loan-to-value

$649


$1,038


$785


$—


$—


$2,472

Interest only/negative amortization
1,110

—

—

—

—

1,110

Low introductory rate
—

3

—

96

—

99

Multiple characteristics and other
14

—

—

—

—

14

Total

$1,773


$1,041


$785


$96


$—


$3,695

NOTE 5 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
The Company makes equity investments in various entities that are considered VIEs, as defined by GAAP. These investments primarily include ownership interests in limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects and ownership interests in limited liability companies that sponsor renewable energy projects. A summary of these investments is as follows:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
LIHTC investment included in other assets

$642

 

$598

LIHTC unfunded commitments included in other liabilities
377

 
365

Renewable energy investments included in other assets
118

 
118

Low Income Housing Tax Credit Partnerships
The purpose of the Company’s equity investments is to assist in achieving goals of the Community Reinvestment Act and to earn an adequate return of capital. The LIHTC partnerships are managed by general partners that have the power to direct the activities which most significantly affect the performance of the partnerships. The Company is therefore not the primary beneficiary of any LIHTC partnerships. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate these VIEs and accounts for these investments in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company applies the proportional amortization method to account for its LIHTC investments. Under the proportional amortization method, the initial investment is amortized in proportion to the actual tax credits and other tax benefits to be received in the current period as compared to the total tax credits and other tax benefits expected to be received over the life of the investment. The amortization and tax benefits are included as a component of income tax expense. The Company reports its equity share of affordable housing partnership gains and losses as an adjustment to non-interest income. The Company reports its commitments to make future investments in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company also receives tax credits, which are reported as a reduction of income tax expense (or increase to income tax benefit) related to these transactions.
    For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company recognized $15 million of amortization expense, $15 million of tax credits and $6 million of other tax benefits associated with these investments in the provision for income taxes. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company recognized $12 million of amortization expense, $11 million of tax credits and $4

28
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


million of other tax benefits associated with these investments in the provision for income taxes. No LIHTC investment impairment losses were recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Renewable Energy Entities
The Company’s investments in renewable energy entities provide benefits from a return generated by government incentives plus other tax attributes that are associated with tax ownership (e.g., tax depreciation). As a tax equity investor, the Company does not have the power to direct the activities which most significantly affect the performance of these entities and therefore is not the primary beneficiary of any renewable energy entities. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate these VIEs.
NOTE 6 - MORTGAGE BANKING
In its mortgage banking business, the Company sells residential mortgages to government-sponsored entities and other parties, who may issue securities backed by pools of such loans. The Company retains no beneficial interests in these sales, but may retain the servicing rights of the loans sold. The Company is obligated to subsequently repurchase a loan if the purchaser discovers a standard representation or warranty violation such as noncompliance with eligibility requirements, customer fraud, or servicing violations. This primarily occurs during a loan file review.
The Company received $479 million and $747 million of proceeds from the sale of residential mortgages for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and recognized gains on such sales of $14 million and $21 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Pursuant to the standard representations and warranties obligations discussed in the preceding paragraph, the Company repurchased residential mortgage loans totaling $2 million and $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
Mortgage servicing fees, a component of mortgage banking income, were $13 million and $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company recorded valuation charge-offs of $5 million and recoveries of $1 million for its MSRs for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Changes related to MSRs were as follows:
 
As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

MSRs:
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1

$173

 

$184

Amount capitalized
5

 
6

Amortization
(9
)
 
(10
)
Carrying amount before valuation allowance
169

 
180

Valuation allowance for servicing assets:
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1
9

 
18

Valuation charge-offs (recoveries)
5

 
(1
)
Balance at end of period
14

 
17

Net carrying value of MSRs

$155

 

$163


MSRs are presented in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The fair value of MSRs is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, contractual servicing fee income, servicing costs, default rates, ancillary income, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The valuation model uses a static discounted cash flow methodology incorporating current market interest rates. A static model does not attempt to forecast or predict the future direction of interest rates; rather it estimates the amount and timing of future servicing cash flows using current market interest rates. The current mortgage interest rate influences the expected prepayment rate and therefore, the length of the cash flows associated with the servicing asset, while the discount rate determines the present value of those cash flows. Expected mortgage loan prepayment assumptions are obtained using the QRM Multi Component prepayment model. The Company periodically obtains third-party valuations of its MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the valuation model.

29
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The key economic assumptions used to estimate the value of MSRs are presented in the following table:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Fair value
$168
 
$178
Weighted average life (in years)
4.9
 
5.4
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
13.3%
 
11.6%
Weighted average discount rate
9.7%
 
9.7%

The key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of MSRs capitalized during the period were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Weighted average life (in years)
6.1
 
4.7
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
11.0%
 
 12.2%
Weighted average discount rate
  9.8%
 
   9.6%

The sensitivity analysis below as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 presents the impact to current fair value of an immediate 50 basis points and 100 basis points adverse change in the key economic assumptions and presents the decline in fair value that would occur if the adverse change were realized. These sensitivities are hypothetical. The effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (e.g., changes in interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment speeds, could result in changes in the discount rates), which might amplify or counteract the sensitivities. The primary risk inherent in the Company’s MSRs is an increase in prepayments of the underlying mortgage loans serviced, which is dependent upon market movements of interest rates.
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Prepayment rate:
 
 
 
Decline in fair value from a 50 basis point decrease in interest rates

$6

 

$5

Decline in fair value from a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates

$14

 

$11

Weighted average discount rate:
 
 
 
Decline in fair value from a 50 basis point increase in weighted average discount rate

$3

 

$3

Decline in fair value from a 100 basis point increase in weighted average discount rate

$5

 

$6



30
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 7 - BORROWED FUNDS
The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Federal funds purchased

$23

 

$—

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
691

 
802

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
3,300

 
2,630

Total short-term borrowed funds

$4,014

 

$3,432


Key data related to short-term borrowed funds is presented in the following table:
(dollars in millions)
As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
 
As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
Weighted-average interest rate at period-end:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.01
%
 
0.15
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.57

 
0.44

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the period:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$1,274

 

$5,375

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
3,300

 
7,004

Average amount outstanding during the period:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$881

 

$3,364

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
3,098

 
5,865

Weighted-average interest rate during the period:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.06
%
 
0.22
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.58

 
0.28



31
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following is a summary of the Company’s long-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
4.150% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2022 (1)

$347

 

$350

5.158% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debt, (LIBOR + 3.56%) callable, due 2023 (2)
333

 
333

3.750% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (2) (3)
250

 
250

4.023% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (2) (4)
214

 
331

4.082% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (2) (5)
346

 
331

4.350% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (6)
248

 
250

4.300% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (7)
749

 
750

Banking Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
1.600% senior unsecured notes, due 2017 (8) (9)
752

 
749

2.300% senior unsecured notes, due 2018 (8) (10)
753

 
747

2.450% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (8) (11)
763

 
752

2.500% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (8)(12)
750

 
—

Federal Home Loan advances due through 2033
4,516

 
5,018

Other
14

 
25

Total long-term borrowed funds

$10,035

 

$9,886


(1) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $350 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as well as the impact of ($3) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016.
(2) Borrowed funds with RBS. See Note 13 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS” for further information.
(3) Prior to January 1, 2016, interest was payable at a fixed rate per annum of 4.153%.
(4) These balances are comprised of: principal balance of $208 million and $333 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, as well as the impact from interest rate swaps of $6 million and ($2) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information. In addition, on March 7, 2016, the Company repurchased $125 million of these securities from RBS. See Note 13 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS” for further information.
(5) These balances are comprised of: principal balance of $334 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $12 million and ($3) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(6) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $250 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as well as the impact of ($2) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016.
(7) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as well as the impact of ($1) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016.
(8) These securities were offered under CBNA’s Global Bank Note Program dated December 1, 2014.
(9) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $3 million and ($1) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively; and ($1) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(10) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $6 million and ($3) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively; and ($3) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(11) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $16 million and $2 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively; and ($3) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(12) The balance is comprised of: principal balance of $750 million at March 31, 2016; impact from interest rate swaps of $2 million and $(2) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.


Advances, lines of credit, and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by pledged mortgages and pledged securities at least sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level established by the FHLB. The utilized borrowing capacity for FHLB advances and letters of credit was $12.1 billion and $11.3 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company’s available FHLB borrowing capacity was $3.5 billion and $4.1 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company can also borrow from the FRB discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. Collateral, such as investment securities and loans, was pledged to provide borrowing capacity at the FRB. At March 31, 2016, the Company’s unused secured borrowing capacity was approximately $31.6 billion, which includes unencumbered securities, FHLB borrowing capacity, and FRB discount window capacity.

32
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following is a summary of maturities for the Company’s long-term borrowed funds at March 31, 2016:
Year (in millions)
CFG Parent Company
Banking Subsidiaries
Consolidated

2017 or on demand

$—


$5,256


$5,256

2018
—

759

759

2019
—

1,514

1,514

2020
—

2

2

2021
—

5

5

2022 and thereafter
2,487

12

2,499

Total

$2,487


$7,548


$10,035


NOTE 8 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock
The Company had 100,000,000 shares authorized and 250,000 shares outstanding of $25.00 par value undesignated preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof are authorized to provide for the issuance of these shares in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.
On April 6, 2015, the Company issued $250 million, or 250,000 shares, of 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As a result of this issuance, the Company received net proceeds of $247 million after underwriting discount.
The Series A Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and is not subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividend payments when, and if, declared by the Company’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. Any such dividends will be payable on a semi-annual basis at an annual rate equal to 5.500%. On April 6, 2020, the Series A Preferred Stock converts to a quarterly floating-rate basis equal to three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR on the related dividend determination date plus 3.960%.
Citizens may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part on any dividend payment date, on or after April 6, 2020 or, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. Citizens may not redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock without obtaining the prior approval of the FRBG if then required under applicable capital guidelines.
Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have priority over the Company's common stock with regard to the payment of dividends and, as such, the Company may not pay dividends on or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of its common stock unless dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared for that period and sufficient funds have been set aside to make payment.
Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series A Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.
Treasury Stock
On August 3, 2015, CFG used the net proceeds of its public offering of $250 million aggregate principal amount 4.350% Subordinated Notes due 2025 issued on July 31, 2015, to repurchase 9,615,384 shares of its outstanding common stock directly from RBS at a public offering price of $26.00 per share. The repurchased shares are held in treasury.
On April 7, 2015, the Company used the net proceeds of the Series A Preferred Stock offering to repurchase 10,473,397 shares of its common stock from RBS at a total cost of approximately $250 million and a price per share of $23.87, which equaled the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for all traded volume over the five trading days preceding the repurchase agreement date of April 1, 2015. The repurchased shares are held in treasury.


33
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


No treasury stock activity was recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an additional 876,087 shares of treasury stock associated with share-based compensation plan activity for a total cost of $22 million at a weighted-average price per share of $25.50.
NOTE 9 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Company maintains a non-contributory pension plan (the “Plan” or “qualified plan”) that was closed to new hires and re-hires effective January 1, 2009, and frozen to all participants effective December 31, 2012. Benefits under the Plan are based on employees’ years of service and highest five-year average of eligible compensation. The Plan is funded on a current basis, in compliance with the requirements of ERISA. The Company also provides an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement plan (the “non-qualified plan”), which was closed and frozen effective December 12, 2012.
The following table presents the components of net periodic (income) cost for the Company’s qualified and non-qualified plans:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
Qualified Plan
 
Non-Qualified Plan
 
Total
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
2016

 
2015

 
2016

 
2015

Service cost

$1

 

$1

 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$1

Interest cost
11

 
11

 
1

 
1

 
12

 
12

Expected return on plan assets
(17
)
 
(18
)
 
—

 
—

 
(17
)
 
(18
)
Amortization of actuarial loss
4

 
3

 
—

 
1

 
4

 
4

Net periodic pension (income) cost

($1
)
 

($3
)
 

$1

 

$2

 

$—

 

($1
)

NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Provision
The provision for income taxes was $109 million and $106 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, resulting in effective tax rates of 32.9% and 33.7%, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the effective tax rate compared favorably to the statutory rate of 35% primarily as a result of the permanent benefits of tax credits and tax-exempt income.
Deferred Tax Liability
At March 31, 2016, the Company reported a net deferred tax liability of $852 million, compared to a $730 million liability as of December 31, 2015. The increase in the net deferred tax liability is primarily attributable to the tax effect of net unrealized gains on securities and derivatives arising during the period.
NOTE 11 - DERIVATIVES
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative transactions in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes.
The Company’s derivative instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Information regarding the valuation methodology and inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments is described in Note 14 “Fair Value Measurements.”

34
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table identifies derivative instruments included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in derivative assets and derivative liabilities:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$14,000


$296


$167

 

$16,750


$96


$50

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
35,896

739

658

 
33,719

540

455

Foreign exchange contracts
8,928

146

138

 
8,366

163

156

Other contracts
1,117

11

8

 
981

8

5

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
896

804

 
 
711

616

Gross derivative fair values
 
1,192

971

 
 
807

666

Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (2)
 
(123
)
(123
)
 
 
(178
)
(178
)
Less: Cash collateral applied (2)
 
(1
)
(16
)
 
 
(4
)
(3
)
Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (3)
 

$1,068


$832

 
 

$625


$485


(1) The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. Notional amounts are typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk, as they do not measure the true economic risk of these contracts.
(2) Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Company to settle positive and negative positions.
(3) The Company also offsets assets and liabilities associated with repurchase agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 2 “Securities” for further information.
The Company’s derivative transactions are internally divided into three sub-groups: institutional, customer and residential loan.
Institutional derivatives
The institutional derivatives portfolio primarily consists of interest rate swap agreements that are used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s loans and financing liabilities (i.e., borrowed funds, deposits, etc.). The goal of the Company’s interest rate hedging activities is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect net interest income.
The Company enters into certain interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk associated with floating rate loans. By entering into pay-floating/receive-fixed interest rate swaps, the Company was able to minimize the variability in the cash flows of these assets due to changes in interest rates. The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s borrowed funds and deposits. By entering into a pay-fixed/receive-floating interest rate swap, a portion of these liabilities has been effectively converted to a fixed rate liability for the term of the interest rate swap agreement. The Company has also entered into a forward-starting interest rate swap to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on a forecasted fixed rate debt issuance.
The Company also uses receive-fixed/pay-floating interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate exposure on our medium term borrowings.
Customer derivatives
The customer derivatives portfolio consists of interest rate swap agreements and option contracts that are transacted to meet the financing needs of the Company’s customers. Offsetting swap and cap agreements are simultaneously transacted to effectively eliminate the Company’s market risk associated with the customer derivative products. The customer derivatives portfolio also includes foreign exchange contracts that are entered into on behalf of customers for the purpose of hedging exposure related to cash orders and loans and deposits denominated in foreign currency. The primary risks associated with these transactions arise from exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the ability of the counterparties to meet the terms of the contract. To manage this market risk, the Company simultaneously enters into offsetting foreign exchange contracts.

35
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Residential loan derivatives
The Company enters into residential loan commitments that allow residential mortgage customers to lock in the interest rate on a residential mortgage while the loan undergoes the underwriting process. The Company also uses forward sales contracts to protect the value of residential mortgage loans and loan commitments that are being underwritten for future sale to investors in the secondary market.
The Company has certain derivative transactions that are designated as hedging instruments described as follows:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
The Company’s entire institutional hedging portfolio qualifies for hedge accounting. This includes interest rate swaps that are designated in highly effective fair value and cash flow hedging relationships. The Company formally documents at inception all hedging relationships, as well as risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various accounting hedges. Additionally, the Company uses dollar offset or regression analysis at the hedge’s inception, and monthly thereafter to assess whether the derivatives are expected to be, or have been, highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged item’s expected cash flows. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that a derivative is not expected to be or has ceased to be effective as a hedge, and then reflects changes in fair value in earnings after termination of the hedge relationship.
Fair value hedges
The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage the interest rate exposure on its medium term borrowings. The changes in fair value of the fair value hedges, to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, are recorded through earnings and offset against changes in the fair value of the hedged item.
The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s fair value hedges:
 
The Effect of Fair Value Hedges on Net Income
 
Amounts Recognized in Other Income for the
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Derivative
Hedged Item
Hedge Ineffectiveness
 
Derivative
Hedged Item
Hedge Ineffectiveness
Hedges of interest rate risk on borrowings using interest rate swaps

$52


($52
)

$—

 

$9


($9
)

$—

Cash flow hedges
The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate assets, financing liabilities (including its borrowed funds), and a forecasted debt issuance. All of these swaps have been deemed as highly effective cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the hedging gains and losses associated with these hedges are recorded in OCI; the ineffective portion of the hedging gains and losses is recorded in earnings (other income). Hedging gains and losses on derivative contracts reclassified from OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged item is recorded and in the same period that the hedged item affects earnings. During the next 12 months, approximately $1 million of net gain (pre-tax) on derivative instruments included in OCI is expected to be reclassified to net interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Hedging gains and losses associated with the Company’s cash flow hedges are immediately reclassified from OCI to current period earnings (other income) if it becomes probable that the hedged forecasted transactions will not occur during the originally specified time period.


36
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s cash flow hedges:
The Effect of Cash Flow Hedges on Net Income and Stockholders' Equity
 
Amounts Recognized for the Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Effective portion of gain recognized in OCI (1)

$54

 

$104

Amounts reclassified from OCI to interest income (2)
22

 
18

Amounts reclassified from OCI to interest expense (2)
(8
)
 
(15
)
Ineffective portion of gain recognized in other income (3)

—

 
1

(1) The cumulative effective gains and losses on the Company’s cash flow hedging activities are included on the accumulated other comprehensive loss line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) This amount includes both (a) the amortization of effective gains and losses associated with the Company’s terminated cash flow hedges and (b) the current reporting period’s interest settlements realized on the Company’s active cash flow hedges. Both (a) and (b) were previously included on the accumulated other comprehensive loss line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were subsequently recorded as adjustments to the interest expense of the underlying hedged item.
(3)This amount represents the net ineffectiveness recorded during the reporting periods presented plus any amounts excluded from effectiveness testing. These amounts are reflected in the other income line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Economic hedges
The Company’s customer derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. These include interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts that are transacted to meet the hedging and financing needs of the Company’s customers. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of customer related interest rate contracts are included in other income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of foreign exchange contracts relating to foreign currency loans are included in interest and fees on loans and leases in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, while all other foreign currency contract fair value changes are included in foreign exchange and letter of credit fees. In both cases, the mark-to-market gains and losses associated with the customer derivatives are mitigated by the mark-to-market gains and losses on the offsetting interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts transacted.
The Company’s residential loan derivatives (including residential loan commitments and forward sales contracts) are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of residential loan commitments and forward sale contracts are included in noninterest income under mortgage banking fees.
The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s customer derivatives and economic hedges:
The Effect of Customer Derivatives and Economic Hedges on Net Income
 
Amounts Recognized in Noninterest Income for the Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Customer derivative contracts
 
 
 
Customer interest rate contracts (1)

$97

 

$73

Customer foreign exchange contracts (1)
51

 
(35
)
Residential loan commitments (2)
4

 
—

Economic hedges
 
 
 
Offsetting derivatives transactions to hedge interest rate risk on customer interest rate contracts (1)
(91
)
 
(68
)
Offsetting derivatives transactions to hedge foreign exchange risk on customer foreign exchange contracts (3)
(50
)
 
35

Forward sale contracts (2)
(5
)
 
(1
)
Total

$6

 

$4

(1) Reported in other income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2) Reported in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3) Reported in foreign exchange and letter of credit fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


37
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The following is a summary of outstanding off-balance sheet arrangements:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Commitment amount:
 
 
 
Undrawn commitments to extend credit

$56,989

 

$56,524

Financial standby letters of credit
1,921

 
2,010

Performance letters of credit
41

 
42

Commercial letters of credit
63

 
87

Marketing rights
47

 
47

Risk participation agreements
53

 
26

Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
10

 
10

Total

$59,124

 

$58,746

Commitments to Extend Credit
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with conditions contractually agreed upon in advance. Generally, the commitments have fixed expiration dates or termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements.
Letters of Credit
Standby letters of credit, both financial and performance, are issued by the Company for its customers. They are used as conditional guarantees of payment to a third party in the event the customer either fails to make specific payments (financial) or fails to complete a specific project (performance). Commercial letters of credit are used to facilitate the import of goods. The commercial letter of credit is used as the method of payment to the Company’s customers’ suppliers. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of counterparty nonperformance in connection with the above instruments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments, net of the value of collateral held. Standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit are issued for terms of up to ten years and one year, respectively.
Generally, letters of credit are collateralized by cash, accounts receivable, inventory or investment securities. Credit risk associated with letters of credit is considered in determining the appropriate amounts of reserves for unfunded commitments.
The Company recognizes a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets representing its obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the standby letters of credit in the event that the specified triggering events occur. The liability for these guarantees was $3 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
Marketing Rights
During 2003, the Company entered into a 25-year agreement to acquire the naming and marketing rights of a baseball stadium in Pennsylvania. The Company did not make any payment for the three months ended March 31, 2016, paid $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and is obligated to pay $47 million over the remainder of the contract, including $3 million later in the year.
Risk Participation Agreements
RPAs are guarantees issued by the Company to other parties for a fee, whereby the Company agrees to participate in the credit risk of a derivative customer of the other party. Under the terms of these agreements, the “participating bank” receives a fee from the “lead bank” in exchange for the guarantee of reimbursement if the customer defaults on an interest rate swap. The interest rate swap is transacted such that any and all exchanges of interest payments (favorable and unfavorable) are made between the lead bank and the customer. In the event that an early termination of the swap occurs and the customer is unable to make a required close out payment, the participating bank assumes that obligation and is required to make this payment.
RPAs where the Company acts as the lead bank are referred to as “participations-out,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the customer derivatives being transferred out of the Company. Participations-out generally occur concurrently with the sale of new customer derivatives. RPAs where the Company acts as the participating bank are referred to as “participations-in,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the counterparty’s derivatives being assumed by the Company. The Company’s maximum credit exposure is based on its proportionate share of the settlement amount of the referenced interest rate swap. Settlement amounts are generally calculated based on the fair value of the swap plus outstanding accrued interest receivables from the customer.

38
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The Company’s estimate of the credit exposure associated with its risk participations-in as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is $53 million and $26 million, respectively. The current amount of credit exposure is spread out over 89 counterparties. RPAs generally have terms ranging from 1-5 years; however, certain outstanding agreements have terms as long as 10 years.
Other Commitments    
In November 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with RBS to purchase $500 million of its subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and rating agency considerations. See Note 13 “Related party transactions and significant transactions with RBS” for more information.
On January 7, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase student loans on a quarterly basis beginning with the first calendar quarter in 2016 and ending with the fourth calendar quarter in 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company committed to purchase a minimum of $125 million of loans per quarter. The minimum and maximum amount of the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans under the terms of the agreement are $500 million and $1 billion, respectively. The agreement will terminate immediately if at any time during its term the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans equals the maximum amount. The agreement may be extended by written agreement of the parties for an additional four quarters. The Company may terminate the agreement at will with payment of a termination fee equal to the product of $1 million times the number of calendar quarters remaining in the term.     
The Company’s agreement to purchase automobile loans, originally entered into in May 2014, was most recently amended on January 15, 2016. For quarterly periods on or after August 1, 2015, the minimum and maximum purchases are $50 million and $200 million, respectively. The agreement automatically renews until terminated by either party. The Company may cancel the agreement at will with payment of a variable termination fee. There is no termination fee after May 2017.
The Company’s commercial loan trading desk provides ongoing secondary market support and liquidity to its clients. Unsettled loan trades (i.e., loan purchase contracts) represent firm commitments to purchase loans from a third party at an agreed-upon price. Principal amounts associated with unsettled commercial loan trades are off-balance sheet commitments until delivery of the loans has taken place. Fair value adjustments associated with each unsettled loan trade are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and classified within other assets or other liabilities, depending on whether the fair value of the unsettled trade represents an unrealized gain or unrealized loss. The principal balance of unsettled commercial loan trade purchases and sales were $98 million and $125 million, respectively, at March 31, 2016. Settled loans purchased by the trading desk are classified as loans held for sale, at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 14 “Fair Value Measurements” for further information.
Contingencies
The Company operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to potentially significant risks. A certain amount of litigation ordinarily results from the nature of the Company’s banking and other businesses. The Company is a party to legal proceedings, including class actions. The Company is also the subject of investigations, reviews, subpoenas, and regulatory matters arising out of its normal business operations, which, in some instances, relate to concerns about fair lending, unfair and/or deceptive practices, mortgage-related issues, and mis-selling of certain products. In addition, the Company engages in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities on a regular and ongoing basis regarding various issues, and any issues discussed or identified may result in investigatory or other action being taken. Litigation and regulatory matters may result in settlements, damages, fines, penalties, public or private censure, increased costs, required remediation, restrictions on business activities, or other impacts on the Company.
In these disputes and proceedings, the Company contests liability and the amount of damages as appropriate. Given their complex nature, it may be years before some of these matters are finally resolved. Moreover, before liability can be reasonably estimated for a claim, numerous legal and factual issues may need to be examined, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal issues relevant to the proceedings in question.
The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages. The Company recognizes a provision for a claim when, in the opinion of management after seeking legal advice, it is probable that a liability exists and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In many proceedings, however, it is not possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate the amount of any loss. In each of the matters described below, the Company is unable to estimate the liability in excess of any provision accrued, if any, that might arise or its effects on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations or Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in any particular period.
Set out below is a description of significant legal matters involving the Company and its banking subsidiaries. Based on information currently available, the advice of legal counsel and other advisers, and established reserves, management believes that

39
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


the aggregate liabilities, if any, potentially arising from these proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
Consumer Products Matters
The activities of the Company’s banking subsidiaries are subject to extensive laws and regulations concerning unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with customer products. Certain of the banking subsidiaries’ past practices have not met applicable standards, and they have implemented and are continuing to implement changes to improve and bring their practices in accordance with regulatory guidance. The Company and its banking subsidiaries have actively pursued resolution of the legacy regulatory enforcement matters set forth below.
As previously reported, CBNA is currently subject to a consent order issued in 2013 by the OCC in connection with its findings of deceptive marketing and implementation of some of our checking account and funds transfer products and services. Among other things, the consent order requires us to remedy deficiencies and develop stronger compliance controls, policies and procedures. The Company and its banking subsidiaries are also currently subject to consent orders issued in August 2015 by the CFPB, the OCC and the FDIC in connection with past deposit reconciliation practices, and CBNA is subject to a consent order issued in November 2015 by the OCC in connection with past billing and sales practices pertaining to identity theft and debt cancellation products, under which the applicable regulators have provided non-objections to, among other things, restitution plans for affected customers.
Accordingly, all financial penalties associated with these legacy regulatory enforcement matters have been paid, and substantially all remediation related to such legacy matters is expected to be resolved by the end of 2016.
NOTE 13 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS WITH RBS
On November 3, 2015, RBS completed the sale of all of its remaining shares of CFG’s common stock. The parenthetical disclosures related to long-term borrowed funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as well as the tables and discussions below include significant related party transactions with RBS prior to the Company’s separation from RBS and significant transactions subsequent to the separation.    
In September 2014, the Company entered into certain agreements that established a framework for its ongoing relationship with RBS. Specifically, the Company entered into the following agreements with RBS: Separation and Shareholder Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Trade Mark License Agreement, Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, and Transitional Services Agreements. In connection with RBS’s exit of its ownership in our common stock in 2015, the Separation and Shareholder Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement were terminated and the Trademark License Agreement was partially terminated.
The following is a summary of borrowed funds from RBS:
 
Interest Rate
 
Maturity Date
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(dollars in millions)
 
 
 
Subordinated debt
5.158
%
 
June 2023
 
$333
 

$333

 
3.750
%
(1) 
July 2024
 
250

 
250

 
4.023
%
(2) 
October 2024
 
208

 
333

 
4.082
%
 
January 2025
 
334

 
334

(1) Prior to January 1, 2016, interest was payable at a fixed rate per annum of 4.153%.
(2) On March 7, 2016, the Company repurchased $125 million of these securities from RBS.
The following table presents total interest expense recorded on subordinated debt with RBS:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Interest expense on subordinated debt

$11

 

$20



40
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


On March 7, 2016, the Company repurchased $125 million of its subordinated notes held by RBS. On December 3, 2015, the Company repurchased $750 million of outstanding subordinated debt instruments held by RBS. The $3 million difference between the reacquisition price and the net carrying amount of the repurchased debt was recognized as a gain on extinguishment of the debt and is presented in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In November 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with RBS to purchase an additional $500 million of its subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and ratings agency considerations.
The Company paid no dividends to RBS for the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company paid $39 million in regular common stock dividends to RBS.
Additionally, during 2015 the Company engaged in repurchases of its common stock directly from RBS. Refer to Note 8 “Stockholders’ Equity” for further information.
The Company, as a matter of policy and during the ordinary course of business with underwriting terms similar to those offered to the public, has entered into credit facilities with directors and executive officers and their immediate families, as well as their affiliated companies. Extensions of credit amounted to $126 million and $136 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
NOTE 14 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
As discussed in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company’s audited Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company measures or monitors many of its assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is used on a recurring basis for assets and liabilities for which fair value is the required or elected measurement basis of accounting. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The Company also applies the fair value measurement guidance to determine amounts reported for certain disclosures in this Note for assets and liabilities not required to be reported at fair value in the financial statements.
The Company elected to account for residential mortgage loans held for sale and certain commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale at fair value. Applying fair value accounting to the residential mortgage loans held for sale better aligns the reported results of the economic changes in the value of these loans and their related hedge instruments. Certain commercial and commercial real estate held for sale loans are managed by a commercial secondary loan desk that provides liquidity to banks, finance companies and institutional investors. Applying fair value accounting to this portfolio is appropriate because the Company holds these loans with the intent to sell within short term periods.
Fair Value Option
Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The fair value of residential mortgage loans held for sale is derived from observable mortgage security prices and includes adjustments for loan servicing value, agency guarantee fees, and other loan level attributes which are mostly observable in the marketplace. Credit risk does not significantly impact the valuation since these loans are sold shortly after origination. Therefore, the Company classifies the residential mortgage loans held for sale in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The election of the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities is optional and irrevocable. The loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value (i.e., acquisition cost) when the financial asset is acquired. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognized mortgage banking income of $6 million and $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Interest income on residential mortgage loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income.
Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale
The fair value of commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale is estimated using observable prices of identical or similar loans that transact in the marketplace. In addition, the Company uses external pricing services that provide estimates of fair values based on quotes from various dealers transacting in the market, sector curves or benchmarking techniques. Therefore, the Company classifies the commercial and commercial real estate loans managed by the commercial secondary loan desk in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy given the observable market inputs.

41
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


There were no loans in this portfolio that were 90 days or more past due or nonaccruing as of March 31, 2016. The loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value when the financial asset is recognized. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in current earnings. Since all loans in the Company’s commercial trading portfolio consist of floating rate obligations, all changes in fair value are due to changes in credit risk. Such credit-related fair value changes may include observed changes in overall credit spreads and/or changes to the creditworthiness of an individual borrower. Unsettled trades within the commercial trading portfolio are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and represent off-balance sheet commitments. Refer to Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” for further information.
Interest income on commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income. Additionally, the Company did not recognize income for the three months ended March 31, 2016, and recognized $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, in other noninterest income related to its commercial trading portfolio.
The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance loans held for sale measured at fair value:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Aggregate Fair Value
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Residential mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

$292


$281


$11

 

$268


$263


$5

Commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale, at fair value
73

73

—

 
57

57

—



Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The Company utilizes a variety of valuation techniques to measure its assets and liabilities at fair value. Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for significant assets and liabilities carried on the balance sheet at fair value on a recurring basis:
Securities available for sale
The fair value of securities classified as AFS is based upon quoted prices, if available. Where observable quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value for the security is estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. These instruments are classified as Level 2 because they currently trade in active markets and the inputs to the valuations are observable. The pricing models used to value securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make adjustments based on the unique characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include residential and commercial CMOs, specified pool mortgage “pass-through” securities and other debt securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and state and political subdivisions.
A significant majority of the Company’s Level 1 and 2 securities are priced using an external pricing service. The Company verifies the accuracy of the pricing provided by its primary outside pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide valuations for the Company’s securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any securities with discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if necessary, valued by an independent outside broker.
In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation model, securities are classified as Level 3.
Residential loans held for sale
See the “Fair Value Option, Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale” discussion above.

42
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Commercial loans held for sale
See the “Fair Value Option, Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale” discussion above.
Derivatives
The vast majority of the Company’s derivatives portfolio is composed of “plain vanilla” interest rate swaps, which are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For these interest rate derivatives, fair value is determined utilizing models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as swap rates and yield curves. The pricing models used to value interest rate swaps calculate the sum of each instrument’s fixed and variable cash flows, which are then discounted using an appropriate yield curve (i.e., LIBOR or OIS curve) to arrive at the fair value of each swap. The pricing models do not contain a high level of subjectivity as the methodologies used do not require significant judgment. The Company also considers certain adjustments to the modeled price which market participants would make when pricing each instrument, including a credit valuation adjustment that reflects the credit quality of the swap counterparty. The Company incorporates the effect of exposure to a particular counterparty’s credit by netting its derivative contracts with the collateral available and calculating a credit valuation adjustment on the basis of the net position with the counterparty where permitted. The determination of this adjustment requires judgment on behalf of Company management; however, the total amount of this portfolio-level adjustment is not material to the total fair value of the interest rate swaps in their entirety. Therefore, interest rate swaps are classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy.
The Company’s other derivatives include foreign exchange contracts. Fair value of foreign exchange derivatives uses the mid-point of daily quoted currency spot prices. A valuation model estimates fair value based on the quoted spot rates together with interest rate yield curves and forward currency rates. Since all of these inputs are observable in the market, foreign exchange derivatives are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Money Market Mutual Fund
Fair value is determined based upon unadjusted quoted market prices and is considered a Level 1 fair value measurement.
Other investments
The fair values of the Company’s other investments are based on security prices in the market that are not active; therefore, these investments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

43
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including gross derivative assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at March 31, 2016:
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

$17,922


$—


$17,922


$—

State and political subdivisions
9

—

9

—

Equity securities
17

—

17

—

U.S. Treasury and other
16

15

1

—

Total securities available for sale
17,964

15

17,949

—

Loans held for sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Residential loans held for sale
292

—

292

—

Commercial loans held for sale
73

—

73

—

Total loans held for sale, at fair value
365

—

365

—

Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
1,035

—

1,035

—

Foreign exchange contracts
146

—

146

—

Other contracts
11

—

11

—

Total derivative assets
1,192

—

1,192

—

Other investment securities, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund
63

63

—

—

Other investments
5

—

5

—

Total other investment securities, at fair value
68

63

5

—

Total assets

$19,589


$78


$19,511


$—

Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$825


$—


$825


$—

Foreign exchange contracts
138

—

138

—

Other contracts
8

—

8

—

Total derivative liabilities
971

—

971

—

Total liabilities

$971


$—


$971


$—



44
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value including gross derivative assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015:
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

$17,842


$—


$17,842


$—

State and political subdivisions
9

—

9

—

Equity securities
17

—

17

—

U.S. Treasury
16

15

1

—

Total securities available for sale
17,884

15

17,869

—

Loans held for sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Residential loans held for sale
268

—

268

—

Commercial loans held for sale
57

—

57

—

Total loans held for sale, at fair value
325

—

325

—

Derivative assets:




Interest rate swaps
636

—

636

—

Foreign exchange contracts
163

—

163

—

Other contracts
8

—

8

—

Total derivative assets
807

—

807

—

Other investment securities, at fair value:
 
 
 
 
Money market mutual fund
65

65

—

—

Other investments
5

—

5

—

Total other investment securities, at fair value
70

65

5

—

Total assets

$19,086


$80


$19,006


$—

Derivative liabilities:




Interest rate swaps

$505


$—


$505


$—

Foreign exchange contracts
156

—

156

—

Other contracts
5

—

5

—

Total derivative liabilities
666

—

666

—

Total liabilities

$666


$—


$666


$—


The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Beginning as of January 1

$—

 

$5

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
Purchases
—

 
1

Sales
—

 
—

Settlements
—

 
—

Net (losses) gains
—

 
—

Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2
—

 
(5
)
Balance as of March 31

$—

 

$1

Net unrealized gain (loss) included in net income for the year relating to assets held at period end

$—

 

$1


In March 2015, the Company transferred $5 million of securities from Level 3 to Level 2. The fair values of these securities are based on security prices in the market that are not active.

45
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
The following valuation techniques are utilized to measure significant assets for which the Company utilizes fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Impaired Loans
The carrying amount of collateral-dependent impaired loans is compared to the appraised value of the collateral less costs to dispose and is classified as Level 2. Any excess of carrying amount over the appraised value is charged to the ALLL.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. MSRs are classified as Level 3 since the valuation methodology utilizes significant unobservable inputs. At March 31, 2016, the fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which used assumptions, including weighted-average life of 4.9 years (range of 2.6 - 5.6 years), weighted-average constant prepayment rate of 13.3% (range of 12.4% - 22.3%) and weighted-average discount rate of 9.7% (range of 9.1% - 12.1%). At December 31, 2015, the fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which used assumptions, including weighted-average life of 5.4 years (range of 2.8 - 6.2 years), weighted-average constant prepayment rate of 11.6% (range of 10.7% - 22.2%) and weighted-average discount rate of 9.7% (range of 9.1% - 12.1%). Refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 6 “Mortgage Banking” for more information.
Foreclosed assets
Foreclosed assets consist primarily of residential properties. Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to dispose. Fair value is based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral and is classified as Level 2.
The following table presents gains (losses) on assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recorded in earnings:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

($5
)
 

($3
)
MSRs
(5
)
 
1

Foreclosed assets
(1
)
 
(1
)

The following table present assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

 
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

$39


$—


$39


$—

 

$60


$—


$60


$—

MSRs
168

—

—

168

 
178

—

—

178

Foreclosed assets
46

—

46

—

 
42

—

42

—



Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Following is a description of valuation methodologies used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes (these instruments are not recorded in the financial statements at fair value):
Securities held to maturity
The fair value of securities classified as HTM is estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flow. The pricing models used to value these securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make adjustments based on the unique characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds.

46
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


Other investment securities, at cost
The fair value of other investment securities, at cost, such as FHLB stock and FRB stock, is assumed to approximate the cost basis of the securities. As a member of the FHLB and FRB, the Company is required to hold FHLB and FRB stock. The stock can be sold only to the FHLB and FRB upon termination of membership, or redeemed at the FHLB’s or FRB’s sole discretion.
Loans and leases
For loans and leases not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis that are not accounted for as collateral-dependent impaired loans, fair value is estimated by using one of two methods: a discounted cash flow method or a securitization method. The discounted cash flow method involves discounting the expected future cash flows using current rates which a market participant would likely use to value similar pools of loans. Inputs used in this method include observable information such as contractual cash flows (net of servicing cost) and unobservable information such as estimated prepayment speeds, credit loss exposures, and discount rates. The securitization method involves utilizing market securitization data to value the assets as if a securitization transaction had been executed. Inputs used include observable market-based MBS data and pricing adjustments based on unobservable data reflecting the liquidity risk, credit loss exposure and other characteristics of the underlying loans. The internal risk-weighted balances of loans are grouped by product type for purposes of these estimated valuations. For nonaccruing loans, fair value is estimated by discounting management’s estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with such assets. Fair value of collateral-dependent loans is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral.
Other loans held for sale
Balances are loans that were transferred to loans held for sale that are reported at the lower of cost of fair value.
Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, checking with interest accounts, regular savings and money market accounts is the amount payable on demand at the balance sheet date. The fair value of term deposits is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, other short-term borrowed funds, and long-term borrowed funds
Rates currently available to the Company for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities are used to discount the expected cash flows of existing debt.
The following table is a summary of fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value in the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the indicated captions:
 
March 31, 2016
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
(in millions)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity

$5,129


$5,261

 

$—


$—

 

$5,129


$5,261

 

$—


$—

Other investment securities, at cost
896

896

 
—

—

 
896

896

 
—

—

Other loans held for sale
386

386

 
—

—

 
—

—

 
386

386

Loans and leases
100,991

101,475

 
—

—

 
39

39

 
100,952

101,436

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
102,606

102,606

 
—

—

 
102,606

102,606

 
—

—

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
714

714

 
—

—

 
714

714

 
—

—

Other short-term borrowed funds
3,300

3,300

 
—

—

 
3,300

3,300

 
—

—

Long-term borrowed funds
10,035

10,142

 
—

—

 
10,035

10,142

 
—

—


47
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


 
December 31, 2015
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
(in millions)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity

$5,258


$5,297

 

$—


$—

 

$5,258


$5,297

 

$—


$—

Other investment securities, at cost
863

863

 
—

—

 
863

863

 
—

—

Other loans held for sale
40

40

 
—

—

 
—

—

 
40

40

Loans and leases
99,042

99,026

 
—

—

 
60

60

 
98,982

98,966

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
102,539

102,528

 
—

—

 
102,539

102,528

 
—

—

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
802

802

 
—

—

 
802

802

 
—

—

Other short-term borrowed funds
2,630

2,630

 
—

—

 
2,630

2,630

 
—

—

Long-term borrowed funds
9,886

9,837

 
—

—

 
9,886

9,837

 
—

—


NOTE 15 - REGULATORY MATTERS
As a BHC, the Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. The primary subsidiaries of the Company are its two insured depository institutions CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator. Under the Basel III capital framework that took effect on January 1, 2015, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must meet specific capital requirements. Basel III requirements are expressed in terms of the following ratios: (1) common equity tier 1 capital (common equity tier 1 capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); (2) tier 1 capital (tier 1 capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); (3) total capital (total capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); and (4) tier 1 leverage (tier 1 capital/adjusted average quarterly assets). To meet the regulatory capital requirements, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must maintain minimum regulatory levels for each ratio. In addition, the Company must not be subject to a written agreement, order or capital directive with any of its regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in the initiation of certain actions that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

48
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


The following table presents our capital and capital ratios under Basel III Transitional rules as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Certain Basel III requirements are subject to phase-in through 2019, and these phase-in rules are used in this report of actual regulatory ratios. In addition, the Company has declared itself as an “AOCI opt-out” institution, which means that the Company will not be required to change its methodology for recognizing in regulatory capital only a subset of unrealized gains and losses that are classified as AOCI. As an AOCI opt-out institution, the Company is not required to recognize within regulatory capital the impacts of net unrealized gains and losses on securities AFS, accumulated net gains and losses on cash-flow hedges included in AOCI, net gains and losses on certain defined benefit pension plan assets, and net unrealized gains and losses on securities held to maturity that are included in AOCI.
 
Transitional Basel III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FDIA Requirements
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy
 
Classification as Well-capitalized
(dollars in millions)
Amount

Ratio

 
Amount

Ratio

 
Amount

Ratio

As of March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1) (5)

$13,570

11.6
%
 

$5,975

5.125
%
 

$7,578

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (2) (5)
13,817

11.9

 
7,724

6.625

 
9,327

8.0

Total capital (3)(5)
17,587

15.1

 
10,056

8.625

 
11,659

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (4)
13,817

10.4

 
5,318

4.000

 
6,648

5.0

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$13,389

11.7
%
 

$5,134

4.5
%
 

$7,415

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital (2)
13,636

12.0

 
6,845

6.0

 
9,127

8.0

Total capital (3)
17,505

15.3

 
9,127

8.0

 
11,408

10.0

Tier 1 leverage (4)
13,636

10.5

 
5,218

4.0

 
6,523

5.0

(1) “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(2) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(4) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(5) “Minimum Capital ratio” for 2016 includes capital conservation buffer of .625%.

Under the Capital Plan Rule, the Company may only make capital distributions, including payment of dividends, in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the Federal Reserve and to which the Federal Reserve has not objected. In the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company paid total common dividends of approximately $53 million. Additionally, in the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company paid total preferred dividends of approximately $7 million.
In accordance with federal and state banking regulations, dividends paid by the Company’s banking subsidiaries to the Company itself are generally limited to the retained earnings of the respective banking subsidiaries unless specifically approved by the appropriate bank regulator.
On March 13, 2014, the OCC determined that CBNA no longer meets the condition to own a financial subsidiary — namely that CBNA must be both well capitalized and well managed. A financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in a broader range of activities, similar to those of a financial holding company, than those permissible for a national bank itself. CBNA has two financial subsidiaries, Citizens Securities, Inc., a registered broker-dealer, and RBS Citizens Insurance Agency, Inc., a dormant entity. CBNA has entered into an agreement with the OCC pursuant to which the Company has developed and submitted to the OCC a remediation plan, that sets forth the specific actions it will take to bring itself back into compliance with the conditions to own a financial subsidiary. CBNA has made substantial progress toward completing those actions. However, until the plan has been completed to the OCC’s satisfaction, CBNA will be subject to restrictions on its ability to acquire control or hold an interest in any new financial subsidiary and to commence new activities in any existing financial subsidiary without the prior consent of the OCC.

49
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 16 - EXIT COSTS AND RESTRUCTURING RESERVES
The Company incurred no restructuring costs for the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company incurred $26 million of restructuring costs, consisting of $17 million of facilities costs in occupancy, $8 million in outside services, and $1 million in salaries and employee benefits, relating to restructuring initiatives designed to enhance operating efficiencies and reduce expense growth.
For segment reporting, all of these restructuring costs are reported within Other. See Note 18 “Business Segments” for further information.
The following table includes the activity in the exit costs and restructuring reserves:
(in millions)
Salaries & Employee Benefits
Occupancy & Equipment
Other

Total

Reserve balance as of January 1, 2015

$23


$18


$3


$44

Additions
5

18

8

31

Reversals
(4
)
(1
)
—

(5
)
Utilization
(12
)
(19
)
(6
)
(37
)
Reserve balance as of December 31, 2015
12

16

5

33

Utilization
(2
)
(2
)
(5
)
(9
)
Reserve balance as of March 31, 2016

$10


$14


$—


$24

NOTE 17 - RECLASSIFICATIONS OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table presents the changes in the balances, net of income taxes, of each component of AOCI:
(in millions)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivatives
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 
Total AOCI

Balance at January 1, 2015
 

($69
)
 

$74

 

($377
)
 

($372
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
65

 
90

 
—

 
155

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 
—

 
(19
)
 
—

 
(19
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
2

 
(4
)
Net other comprehensive income
 
63

 
67

 
2

 
132

Balance at March 31, 2015
 

($6
)
 

$141

 

($375
)
 

($240
)
Balance at January 1, 2016
 

$10

 

($28
)
 

($369
)
 

($387
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
33

 
154

 
—

 
187

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 
—

 
(25
)
 
—

 
(25
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(8
)
 
(5
)
 
2

 
(11
)
Net other comprehensive income
 
25

 
124

 
2

 
151

Balance at March 31, 2016
 

$35

 

$96

 

($367
)
 

($236
)

50
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)



    
The following table reports the amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI and into the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
 
Details about AOCI Components
 
 
 
 
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Reclassification adjustment for net derivative gains (losses) included in net income:

$22

 

$18

 
Interest income
 
(8
)
 
(15
)
 
Interest expense
 
14

 
3

 
Income before income tax expense
 
6

 
1

 
Income tax expense
 

$8

 

$2

 
Net income
Reclassification of net securities gains (losses) to net income:

$9

 

$8

 
Securities gains, net
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
Net securities impairment losses recognized in earnings
 
8

 
7

 
Income before income tax expense
 
3

 
3

 
Income tax expense
 

$5

 

$4

 
Net income
Reclassification of changes related to defined benefit pension plans:

($4
)
 

($3
)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
(4
)
 
(3
)
 
Income before income tax expense
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
Income tax expense
 

($2
)
 

($2
)
 
Net income
Total reclassification gains (losses)

$11

 

$4

 
Net income
The following table presents the effects to net income of the amounts reclassified out of AOCI:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Net interest income (includes $14 and $3 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)

$904

 

$836

Provision for credit losses
91

 
58

Noninterest income (includes $8 and $7 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)
330

 
347

Noninterest expense (includes $4 and $3 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)
811

 
810

Income before income tax expense
332

 
315

Income tax expense (includes $7 and $3 income tax net expense (benefit) from reclassification items, respectively)
109

 
106

Net income

$223

 

$209

NOTE 18 - BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company is managed by its CEO on a segment basis. The Company’s two business segments are Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served. Each segment has one or more segment heads who report directly to the CEO. The CEO has final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. The business segments reflect this management structure and the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the CEO. Non-segment operations are classified as Other, which includes corporate functions, the Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, intangible assets, community development, non-core assets, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses.

51
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)



Reportable Segments
Segment results are determined based upon the Company’s management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around the Company’s organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. A description of each reportable segment and table of financial results is presented below:
Consumer Banking
The Consumer Banking segment focuses on retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million. It offers traditional banking products and services, including checking, savings, home loans, student loans, credit cards, business loans and financial management services. It also operates an indirect auto financing business, providing financing for both new and used vehicles through auto dealerships. The segment’s distribution channels include a branch network, ATMs and a work force of experienced specialists ranging from financial consultants, mortgage loan officers and business banking officers to private bankers. Our Consumer Banking value proposition is based on providing simple, easy to understand product offerings and a convenient banking experience with a more personalized approach.
Commercial Banking
The Commercial Banking segment primarily targets companies with annual revenues from $25 million to $2.5 billion and provides a full complement of financial products and solutions, including loans, leases, trade financing, deposits, cash management, commercial cards, foreign exchange, interest rate risk management, corporate finance and capital markets advisory capabilities. It focuses on middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions and has dedicated teams with industry expertise in government banking, not-for-profit, healthcare, technology, professionals, oil & gas, asset finance, franchise finance, asset-based lending, commercial real estate, private equity and sponsor finance. While the segment’s business development efforts are predominantly focused in the Company’s footprint, some of its specialized industry businesses also operate selectively on a national basis (such as healthcare, asset finance and franchise finance). A key component of Commercial Banking’s growth strategy is to bring ideas to clients that help their businesses thrive, and in doing so, expand the loan portfolio and ancillary product sales.
Non-segment Operations
Other
In addition to non-segment operations, Other includes certain reconciling items in order to translate the segment results that are based on management accounting practices into consolidated results. For example, Other includes goodwill and any associated goodwill impairment charges.
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income

$581

 

$300

 

$23

 

$904

Noninterest income
208

 
99

 
23

 
330

Total revenue
789

 
399

 
46

 
1,234

Noninterest expense
616

 
187

 
8

 
811

Profit before provision for credit losses
173

 
212

 
38

 
423

Provision for credit losses
63

 
9

 
19

 
91

Income before income tax expense
110

 
203

 
19

 
332

Income tax expense
39

 
70

 
—

 
109

Net income

$71

 

$133

 

$19

 

$223

Total average assets

$55,116

 

$45,304

 

$38,360

 

$138,780


52
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income

$533

 

$276

 

$27

 

$836

Noninterest income
219

 
100

 
28

 
347

Total revenue
752

 
376

 
55

 
1,183

Noninterest expense
596

 
173

 
41

 
810

Profit before provision for credit losses
156

 
203

 
14

 
373

Provision for credit losses
63

 
(21
)
 
16

 
58

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
93

 
224

 
(2
)
 
315

Income tax expense (benefit)
32

 
77

 
(3
)
 
106

Net income

$61

 

$147

 

$1

 

$209

Total average assets

$51,602

 

$41,606

 

$40,117

 

$133,325

Management accounting practices utilized by the Company as the basis for presentation for segment results include the following:
FTP adjustments
The Company utilizes an FTP system to eliminate the effect of interest rate risk from the segments’ net interest income because such risk is centrally managed within the Treasury function. The FTP system credits (or charges) the segments with the economic value of the funds created (or used) by the segments. The FTP system provides a funds credit for sources of funds and a funds charge for the use of funds by each segment. The sum of the interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated net interest income. The variance between the Company’s cumulative FTP charges and cumulative FTP credits is offset in Other.
Provision for credit losses allocations
Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Income tax allocations
Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Expense allocations
Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business line’s operations are charged to the applicable business line based on its utilization of those services.
Goodwill
For impairment testing purposes, the Company allocates goodwill to its Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. For management reporting purposes, the Company presents the goodwill balance (and any related impairment charges) in Other.
Substantially all revenues generated and long-lived assets held by the Company’s business segments are derived from clients that reside in the United States. Neither business segment earns revenue from a single external customer that represents 10 percent or more of the Company’s total revenues.

53
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 19 - EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except share and per-share data)
2016

 
2015

Numerator (basic and diluted):
 
 
 
Net income

$223

 

$209

Less: Preferred stock dividends
7

 
—

Net income available to common stockholders

$216

 

$209

Denominator:
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic
528,070,648

 
546,291,363

Dilutive common shares: share-based awards
2,375,540

 
3,507,354

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted
530,446,188

 
549,798,717

Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
Basic

$0.41

 

$0.38

Diluted
0.41

 
0.38

Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus the effect of potential dilutive common shares such as share-based awards, using the treasury stock method. Potential dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS in the periods where the effect would be antidilutive.
NOTE 20 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
The following table presents the details of other operating expense:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2016

 
2015

Deposit insurance

$26

 

$34

Promotional expense
24

 
22

Postage and delivery
12

 
12

Other
53

 
65

Other operating expense

$115

 

$133

NOTE 21 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated the impacts of events that have occurred subsequent to March 31, 2016 through the date the Consolidated Financial Statements were filed with the SEC. Based on this evaluation, the Company has determined none of these events were required to be recognized or disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, except as follows:
On April 5, 2016, CFG submitted its 2016 Capital Plan and the results of our company-run stress tests under a new annual submission timeline established by the Federal Reserve. We expect that on or before June 30, 2016, we will receive quantitative results of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests and their qualitative assessment of our capital planning policy and process, as well as the Federal Reserve’s object/non-object decisions regarding target capital actions for the quarterly periods September 30, 2016 through June 30, 2017.

On April 7, 2016, the Company completed a $348 million purchase of student loans under the agreement entered into on January 7, 2016, wherein the Company agreed to purchase student loans on a quarterly basis beginning with the first calendar quarter in 2016 and ending with the fourth calendar quarter in 2016.

On April 21, 2016, the Company announced a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.12 per share, or $64 million, payable on May 18, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on May 4, 2016.

54
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
 
Page
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations — Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 Compared with Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2016 Compared with December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


55
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS



Forward-Looking Statements
This document contains forward-looking statements within the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements regarding potential future share repurchases and future dividends are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.”

Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management, and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
•
Negative economic conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of nonperforming assets, charge-offs and provision expense;
•
The rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions;
•
Our ability to implement our strategic plan, including the cost savings and efficiency components, and achieve our indicative performance targets;
•
Our ability to remedy regulatory deficiencies and meet supervisory requirements and expectations;
•
Liabilities and business restrictions resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations;
•
Our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;
•
The effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held for sale;
•
Changes in interest rates and market liquidity, as well as the magnitude of such changes, which may reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;
•
The effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;
•
Financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulation relating to bank products and services;
•
A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks;
•
Management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks; and
•
Any failure by us to successfully replicate or replace certain functions, systems and infrastructure provided by RBS.
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or share repurchases will depend on our financial condition, earnings, cash needs, regulatory constraints, capital requirements (including requirements of our subsidiaries), and any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.

More information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

56
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA



Selected Consolidated Financial Data
We derived the summary Consolidated Operating Data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the summary Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of March 31, 2016 from our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.
In our opinion, the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein. Our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of those to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016 or for any future period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto.

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
  2016

 
  2015

OPERATING DATA:
 
 
 
Net interest income

$904

 

$836

Noninterest income
330

 
347

Total revenue
1,234

 
1,183

Provision for credit losses
91

 
58

Noninterest expense
811

 
810

Income before income tax expense
332

 
315

Income tax expense
109

 
106

Net income
223

 
209

Net income available to common stockholders
216

 
209

Net income per common share - basic
0.41

 
0.38

Net income per common share - diluted
0.41

 
0.38

OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 
 
 
Return on average common equity (2)
4.45
%
 
4.36
%
Return on average tangible common equity (1)
6.61

 
6.53

Return on average total assets (3)
0.65

 
0.63

Return on average total tangible assets (1)
0.68

 
0.67

Efficiency ratio (1)
65.66

 
68.49

Net interest margin (4)
2.86

 
2.77


57
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


(in millions)
March 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
Total assets

$140,077

 

$138,208

Loans and leases (5)
100,991

 
99,042

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,224

 
1,216

Total securities
24,057

 
24,075

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

Total liabilities
120,112

 
118,562

Total deposits
102,606

 
102,539

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
714

 
802

Other short-term borrowed funds
3,300

 
2,630

Long-term borrowed funds
10,035

 
9,886

Total stockholders’ equity
19,965

 
19,646

OTHER BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.21
%
 
1.23
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases
113

 
115

Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.07

 
1.07

Capital Ratios:(6)
 
 
 
CET1 capital ratio (7)
11.6

 
11.7

Tier 1 capital ratio (8)
11.9

 
12.0

Total capital ratio (9)
15.1

 
15.3

Tier 1 leverage ratio (10)
10.4

 
10.5

(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “ —Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) “Return on average common equity” is defined as annualized net income available to common stockholders divided by average common equity.
(3) “Return on average total assets” is defined as annualized net income divided by average total assets.
(4) “Net interest margin” is defined as annualized net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
(5) Excludes loans held for sale of $751 million and $365 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(6) Basel III transitional rules for institutions applying the Standardized approach to calculating risk-weighted assets became effective January 1, 2015. The capital ratios and associated components as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are prepared using the Basel III Standardized transitional approach.
(7) “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(8) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(9) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(10) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.




58
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Overview
We are one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions, with $140.1 billion of total assets as of March 31, 2016. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we deliver a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, institutions and companies. Our approximately 17,900 colleagues strive to meet the financial needs of customers and prospects through approximately 1,200 branches and approximately 3,200 ATMs operated in 11 states in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions and through our online, telephone and mobile banking platforms. We conduct our banking operations through two wholly-owned banking subsidiaries, Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, and we operate our businesses through two operating segments, Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking.
Consumer Banking serves retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million with products and services that include deposit products, mortgage and home equity lending, student loans, auto financing, credit cards, business loans and wealth management and investment services. Consumer Banking average loans and leases totaled $53.7 billion and $50.3 billion, or 53% of average loan and leases (including loans held for sale) in first quarter 2016 and 2015.
Commercial Banking offers corporate, institutional and not-for-profit clients a full range of wholesale banking products and services including lending and deposits, capital markets, treasury services, foreign exchange and interest hedging, leasing and asset finance, specialty finance and trade finance. Commercial Banking average loans and leases totaled $43.9 billion compared with $40.2 billion, or 44% and 43% of average loan and leases (including loans held for sale) in first quarter 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Non-core assets totaled $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2016 compared with $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2015. Non-core assets are primarily loans that are not aligned to our strategic priorities, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type, or risk level. We have actively managed these assets down since they were designated as non-core on June 30, 2009; this portfolio has decreased by an additional 7% as of March 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015. The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products serviced by others (a portion of which we now service internally). Our non-core assets are included in Other along with our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to the Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments.
Recent Events
On March 7, 2016, we repurchased $125 million of our 4.023% subordinated notes due 2024 held by RBS. This transaction was in compliance with regulatory guidelines and supplemented our November 23, 2015 announcement that we had secured the ability to repurchase $500 million of subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and ratings agency considerations.

Key Factors Affecting Our Business
Macro-economic conditions
Our business is affected by national and regional economic conditions, as well as the perception of future conditions and economic prospects. The significant macro-economic factors that impact our business include interest rates, the health of the housing market, the rate of the U.S.’s economic expansion, and unemployment levels.
The U.S. economy continued to expand at a slow pace, with real GDP rising by 0.5% in first quarter 2016, following 2.0% growth in 2015. Growth in household spending has declined since 2014 but the housing sector has improved with the three month average of existing home sales rising to 5.3 million units from 5.2 million units in fourth quarter 2015. Business fixed investment and net exports remained soft relative to 2015 levels.
The labor market continued to improve, with moderate job gains and lower levels of unemployment. The U.S. unemployment rate was 5.0% at both March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Average monthly nonfarm employment increased by 215,000 in March 2016, after a revised increase of 262,000 in December 2015.
The FRB maintained very accommodative monetary policy conditions during first quarter 2016, notwithstanding the 25 bps rate increase in December, and continues to target a 0.25% to 0.50% federal funds rate range at the short end of the yield curve. Interest rates remain relatively low. See “—Interest rates” below for further discussion of the impact of interest rates on our results. Observable inflation levels remain below the FRB’s longer-term objective of 2.0%. Further labor market improvement and the dissipation of the effects of a decline in energy and import prices are expected to bring inflation closer to the FRB’s inflation objective.

59
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Credit trends
Credit metrics and asset quality remained stable in first quarter 2016. Nonperforming loans of $1.1 billion as of March 31, 2016 decreased $57 million from March 31, 2015. Net charge-offs of $83 million in first quarter 2016 increased $29 million from $54 million in first quarter 2015, which included $28 million in recoveries of prior period charge-offs. Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of total average loans increased to 0.33% in first quarter 2016, which is consistent with the prior three quarters, compared to 0.23% in first quarter 2015.
Interest rates
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the contractual yield on such assets and the contractual cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “—Risk Governance” and “—Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk.”
The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on short-term interest rates, which are primarily driven by the FRB’s actions. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by both short-term and long-term interest rates, which are set by the market or, at times, by the FRB’s actions. The level of net interest income is therefore influenced by movements in such interest rates and the pace at which such movements occur. In 2015 and through first quarter 2016, short-term and long-term interest rates remained at very low levels by historical standards, with many benchmark rates, such as the federal funds rate and one- and three-month LIBOR, near zero. Further declines in the yield curve or a decline in longer-term yields relative to short-term yields (a flatter yield curve) would have an adverse impact on our net interest margin and net interest income.
In 2015 and through first quarter 2016, the FRB maintained a highly accommodative monetary policy, and indicated that this policy would remain in effect for a considerable time after its asset purchase program ended on October 29, 2014 and the economic recovery strengthens in the United States. More recently, the FRB has started to move down the path of interest rate normalization by raising the federal funds rate by 25 basis points. However, the FRB will likely continue to target a highly accommodative monetary policy for some time to come. As of March 31, 2016, the FRB had ended its asset purchases of Treasury securities and agency mortgage-backed securities. However, until further notice, the FRB will continue to re-invest run off from its $1.7 trillion mortgage-backed portfolio.
Regulatory trends
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, which continue to evolve as the legal and regulatory framework governing our operations continues to change. The current operating environment also has heightened regulatory expectations around many regulations including consumer compliance, the Bank Secrecy Act, anti-money laundering compliance, and increased internal audit activities. As a result of these heightened expectations, we expect to incur additional costs for additional compliance personnel and/or professional fees associated with advisors and consultants.
Dodd-Frank regulation
As described under “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act is complex, and many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to final rulemaking or phased implementation that will take effect over several years. The Dodd-Frank Act will continue to impact our earnings through fee reductions, higher costs and imposition of new restrictions on us. The Dodd-Frank Act may also continue to have a material adverse impact on the value of certain assets and liabilities held on our balance sheet. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will depend on regulatory interpretation and rulemaking as well as the success of any of our actions to mitigate the negative impacts of certain provisions. Key parts of the Dodd-Frank Act that specifically impact our business are the repeal of a previous prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits, which became effective in July 2011, and the introduction of a capital planning and stress-testing framework developed by the FRBG, known as CCAR and DFAST. The DFAST process projects net income, loan losses and capital ratios during a nine-quarter horizon under hypothetical, stressful macroeconomic and financial market scenarios developed by the FRBG as well as certain mandated assumptions about capital distributions prescribed in the DFAST rule.
In March and July of 2015 we published estimated impacts of stress, as required by applicable regulation processes, which may be accessed on our regulatory filings and disclosures page on http://investor.citizensbank.com. In 2016, we will publish required disclosures in June and October under a new regulatory timeline for such filings. Consistent with the purpose of these

60
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



exercises and the assumptions used to assess our performance during hypothetical economic conditions, the projected results under the required stress scenarios show severe negative impacts on earnings. However, these pro forma results should not be interpreted to be management expectations in light of the current economic and operating environment. During March 2015, the Federal Reserve also published results from the latest supervisory stress tests performed for and by large bank holding companies supervised by the Federal Reserve (See FRB website). In 2016, the Federal Reserve is expected to publish results from the 2016 supervisory stress test performed for and by large bank holding companies supervised by the Federal Reserve in June. These tests are conducted and published by the FRB annually in fulfillment of CCAR and DFAST requirements.
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCAR is an annual exercise by the FRBG to ensure that the largest bank holding companies have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress and robust forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks.
As part of CCAR, the FRBG evaluates institutions’ capital adequacy, internal capital adequacy assessment processes and their plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The FRBG may either object to our capital plan, in whole or in part, or provide a notice of non-objection. If the FRBG objects to our capital plan, we may not make any capital distribution other than those with respect to which the FRBG has indicated its non-objection.
In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan as submitted and documented under the CCAR process and raised no objection to the plan. The maximum levels at which we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock through June 30, 2016 are governed by our 2015 capital plan, subject to actual financial performance and ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements.
On April 5, 2016, CFG submitted its 2016 Capital Plan and the results of our company-run stress tests under a new annual submission timeline established by the Federal Reserve. We expect that on or before June 30, 2016, we will receive quantitative results of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests and of their qualitative assessment of our capital planning policy and process, as well as the Federal Reserve’s object / non-object decisions regarding target capital actions for the quarterly periods September 30, 2016 through June 30, 2017.
Repeal of the prohibition on depository institutions paying interest on demand deposits
We began offering interest-bearing corporate checking accounts after the 2011 repeal of the prohibition on depository institutions paying interest on demand deposits. Currently, industrywide interest rates for this product are very low and thus far the impact of the repeal has not had a significant effect on our results. However, market rates could increase more significantly in the future. If we need to pay higher interest rates on checking accounts to maintain current clients or attract new clients, our interest expense would increase, perhaps materially. Furthermore, if we fail to offer interest rates at a sufficient level to retain demand deposits, our core deposits may be reduced, which would require us to obtain funding in other ways or limit potential future asset growth.
Basel III final rules applicable to us and our banking subsidiaries
In July 2013, the FRB, OCC, and FDIC issued the U.S. Basel III final rules. The rules implement the Committee on Banking Supervision’s Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. The U.S. Basel III final rules substantially revised the risked-based capital and leverage requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA. The U.S. Basel III final rules became effective for CFG and its depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA, on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions). In order to comply with the new capital requirements, we established internal capital ratio targets that meet or exceed U.S. regulatory expectations under fully phased-in Basel III rules, and increased our capital requirements in anticipation of the transition that is underway.
HELOC payment shock
Attention has been given by regulators, rating agencies, and the general press regarding the potential for increased exposure to credit losses associated with HELOCs that were originated during the period of rapid home price appreciation between 2003 and 2007. Industrywide, many of the HELOCs originated during this timeframe were structured with an extended interest-only payment period followed by a requirement to convert to a higher payment amount that would begin fully amortizing both principal and interest beginning at a certain date in the future. As of March 31, 2016, approximately 26% of our $14.9 billion HELOC portfolio, or $3.9 billion in drawn balances were subject to a payment reset or balloon payment between April 1, 2016 and December 31, 2018, including $71 million in balloon balances where full payment is due at the end of a ten-year interest only draw period.

61
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



To help manage this exposure, in September 2013, we launched a comprehensive program designed to provide heightened customer outreach to inform, educate and assist customers through the reset process as well as to offer alternative financing and forbearance options. Results of this program indicate that our efforts to assist customers at risk of default have successfully reduced delinquency and charge-off rates compared to our original expectations.
As of March 31, 2016, for the $1.6 billion of our HELOC portfolio that was originally structured with a reset period in 2014 and 2013, 94% of the balances were refinanced, paid off or were current on payments, 3% were past due and 3% had been charged off. As of March 31, 2016, for the $1.3 billion in balances originally structured with a reset period in 2015, 94% of the balances were refinanced, paid off or were current on payments, 5% were past due and 2% had been charged off. A total of $995 million in balances were originally structured with a reset period in 2016, with $659 million scheduled to reset for the remainder of 2016. Factors that affect our future expectations for charge-off risk for the portion of our HELOC portfolio subject to reset periods in the future include improved loan-to-value ratios resulting from continued home price appreciation, stable portfolio credit score profiles and more robust loss mitigation efforts.
Factors Affecting Comparability of Our Results
Investment in our business
We regularly incur expenses associated with investments in our infrastructure. For example, from 2011 to 2015 we invested $1.3 billion in infrastructure and technology, and plan to invest a total of $245 million in 2016 and about $164 million in 2017. We invested $47 million in our infrastructure in the first three months of 2016. These investments, which are designed to lower our operating costs and improve our customer experience, include significant programs to enhance our resiliency, upgrade customer-facing technology and streamline operations. Recent significant investments included the 2013 launch of our new teller system, new commercial loan platform and new auto loan platform and the 2013 upgrade of the majority of our ATM network, including equipping more than 1,450 ATMs with advanced deposit-taking functionality as well as additional investment in our Treasury Solutions platform in 2014. In the third quarter of 2015 we enhanced our data resiliency via a new back up data center and began rolling out a new mortgage platform. We expect that these investments will increase our long-term overall efficiency and add to our capacity to increase revenue.

Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used by Management
As a banking institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the levels and trends of the line items included in our balance sheet and statement of operations, as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. We analyze these ratios and financial trends against our own historical performance, our budgeted performance and the financial condition and performance of comparable banking institutions in our region and nationally.
The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our statement of operations include net interest income, noninterest income, total revenue, provision for credit losses, noninterest expense and net income. The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our balance sheet data include loans and leases, securities, allowance for credit losses, deposits, borrowed funds and derivatives.
Net interest income
Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the contractual yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. Net interest income is impacted by the relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, movements in market interest rates, levels of nonperforming assets and pricing pressure from competitors. The mix of interest-earning assets is influenced by loan demand and by management’s continual assessment of the rate of return and relative risk associated with various classes of interest-earning assets.
The mix of interest-bearing liabilities is influenced by management’s assessment of the need for lower cost funding sources weighed against relationships with customers and growth requirements and is impacted by competition for deposits in our market and the availability and pricing of other sources of funds.
Noninterest income
The primary components of our noninterest income are service charges and fees, card fees, trust and investment services fees and mortgage banking fees.

62
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Total revenue
Total revenue is the sum of our net interest income and our noninterest income.
Provision for credit losses
The provision for credit losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an amount that reflects probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate under relevant accounting guidance. The provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments. The determination of the amount of the allowance for credit losses is complex and involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. For additional information regarding the provision for credit losses, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense includes salaries and employee benefits, outside services, occupancy expense, equipment expense, amortization of software, goodwill impairment, and other operating expenses.
Net income
We evaluate our net income based on measures including return on average common equity, return on average total assets and return on average tangible common equity.
Loans and leases
We classify our loans and leases pursuant to the following classes: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.
Loans are reported at the amount of their outstanding principal, net of charge-offs, unearned income, deferred loan origination fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts (on purchased loans). Deferred loan origination fees and costs and purchase discounts and premiums are amortized as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan, using the level yield interest method. Unamortized amounts remaining upon prepayment or sale are recorded as interest income or gain (loss) on sale, respectively. Credit card receivables include billed and uncollected interest and fees.
Leases are classified at the inception of the lease by type. Lease receivables, including leveraged leases, are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of unearned and deferred income, including unamortized investment credits. Lease residual values are reviewed at least annually for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recognized currently against noninterest income. Leveraged leases are reported net of non-recourse debt. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases.
Mortgage loans and commercial loans held for sale are carried at fair value.
Securities
Our securities portfolio is managed to seek return while maintaining prudent levels of quality, market risk and liquidity. Investments in debt and equity securities are carried in four portfolios: AFS, HTM, trading securities and other investment securities. We determine the appropriate classification at the time of purchase. Securities in our AFS portfolio will be held for indefinite periods of time and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other factors relevant to our asset and liability strategy. Securities in our AFS portfolio are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in OCI, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes. Securities are classified as HTM because we have the ability and intent to hold the securities to maturity, and securities in our HTM portfolio are carried at amortized cost. Other investment securities are composed mainly of FHLB stock and FRB stock (which are carried at cost), and money market mutual fund investments held by the Company’s broker-dealer (which are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in noninterest income).
Allowance for credit losses
Our estimate of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolios is recorded in the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Together these are referred to as the allowance for credit losses. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses using the following ratios: ALLL as a percentage of total loans and leases; ALLL as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases; and nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases. For additional information, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” and Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited

63
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Deposits
Our deposits include: on demand checking, checking with interest, regular savings accounts, money market accounts and term deposits.
Borrowed funds
As of March 31, 2016, our total short-term borrowed funds included federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase, the current portion of FHLB advances and other short-term borrowed funds. As of March 31, 2016, our long-term borrowed funds included subordinated debt, unsecured notes, Federal Home loan advances and other long-term borrowed funds. For additional information, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Borrowed Funds,” and Note 7 “Borrowed Funds” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Derivatives
We use pay-fixed swaps to lengthen liabilities synthetically and offset duration in fixed-rate assets. We also use pay-fixed swaps to hedge floating-rate wholesale funding.
We use receive-fixed interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate exposure on our medium term borrowings. We also use receive-fixed swaps to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating rate assets. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives designated as hedges reflect the market value of these hedge instruments.
We sell interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to commercial customers. Offsetting swap and forward agreements are simultaneously transacted to minimize our market risk associated with the customer derivative contracts. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives not designated as hedges reflect the market value of these transactions. For additional information, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Derivatives,” and Note 11 “Derivatives” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Key performance metrics and non-GAAP financial measures
We consider various measures when evaluating our performance and making day-to-day operating decisions, as well as evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:
•
Return on average common equity, which we define as net income available to common stockholders divided by average common equity;
•
Return on average tangible common equity, which we define as net income available to common stockholders divided by average common equity excluding average goodwill (net of related deferred tax liability) and average other intangibles;
•
Return on average total assets, which we define as net income divided by average total assets;
•
Return on average total tangible assets, which we define as net income divided by average total assets excluding average goodwill (net of related deferred tax liability) and average other intangibles;
•
Efficiency ratio, which we define as the ratio of our total noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income and total noninterest income. We measure our efficiency ratio to evaluate the efficiency of our operations as it helps us monitor how costs are changing compared to our income. A decrease in our efficiency ratio represents improvement; and
•
Net interest margin, which we calculate by dividing annualized net interest income for the period by average total interest-earning assets, is a key measure that we use to evaluate our net interest income.
 
Certain of the above financial measures, including return on average tangible common equity, return on average total tangible assets and the efficiency ratio are not recognized under GAAP. In addition, we present net income, net income available to common stockholders, and return on average tangible common equity, and efficiency ratio net of goodwill impairment restructuring charges and special items. We believe these non-GAAP measures provide useful information to investors because these are among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe restructuring charges and special items in any period do not reflect the operational performance of the business in that period and, accordingly, it is useful to consider these line items with and without restructuring charges and special items. We believe this presentation also increases comparability of period-to-period results.

64
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



We consider pro forma capital ratios defined by banking regulators but not effective at each period end to be non-GAAP financial measures. As analysts and banking regulators may evaluate our capital adequacy using these pro forma ratios, we believe they are useful to provide investors the ability to evaluate our capital adequacy on the same basis.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP measures, but instead to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.

65
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP:
 
 
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except per-share amounts)
Ref.
 
       2016
 
       2015
Net income (GAAP)
A
 

$223

 

$209

Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP)
B
 

$216

 

$209

 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity
 
 
 
 
 
Average common equity (GAAP)

 

$19,567

 

$19,407

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
3

 
5

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
481

 
422

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
C
 

$13,169

 

$12,948

Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
B/C
 
6.61
%
 
6.53
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)

 

$138,780

 

$133,325

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
3

 
5

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
481

 
422

Average tangible assets (non-GAAP)
D
 

$132,382

 

$126,866

Return on average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
A/D
 
0.68
%
 
0.67
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
E
 

$811

 

$810

Net interest income (GAAP)
 
 

$904

 

$836

Noninterest income (GAAP)
 
 
330

 
347

Total revenue (GAAP)
F
 

$1,234

 

$1,183

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
E/F
 
65.66
%
 
68.49
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense excluding restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
E
 

$811

 

$810

Less: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
—

 
1

Less: Special items (1)
 
 
—

 
9

 Noninterest expense, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)

 

$811

 

$800

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (GAAP)
A
 

$223

 

$209

Add: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
—

 
1

Add: Special Items (1)
 
 
—

 
5

 Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)

 

$223

 

$215

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income available to common stockholders, excluding restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP)
B
 

$216

 

$209

Add: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
—

 
1

Add: Special Items (1)
 
 
—

 
5

 Net income available to common shareholders, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
G
 

$216

 

$215

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
G/C
 
6.61
%
 
6.73
%
(1) Special items include the following: regulatory charges, separation items and IPO related expenses.

66
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS






 
 
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
(dollars in millions)
Ref.
 
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Other
Consolidated
 
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Other
Consolidated
Net income (GAAP)
H
 

$71


$133


$19


$223

 

$61


$147


$1


$209

Less: Preferred stock dividends
 
 
—

—

7

7

 
—

—

—

—

Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP)
I
 

$71


$133


$12


$216

 

$61


$147


$1


$209

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio:
 

 
 
 

 

 

 

Total revenue (GAAP)
J
 

$789


$399


$46


$1,234

 

$752


$376


$55


$1,183

Noninterest expense (GAAP)
K
 

$616


$187


$8


$811

 

$596


$173


$41


$810

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
K/J
 
78.08
%
46.74
%
NM

65.66
%
 
79.25
%
46.01
%
NM

68.49
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)
 
 

$55,116


$45,304


$38,360


$138,780

 

$51,602


$41,606


$40,117


$133,325

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
—

—

6,876

6,876

 
—

—

6,876

6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
—

—

3

3

 
—

—

5

5

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
—

—

481

481

 
—

—

422

422

Average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
L
 

$55,116


$45,304


$31,962


$132,382

 

$51,602


$41,606


$33,658


$126,866

Return on average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
H/L
 
0.52
%
1.18
%
NM

0.68
%
 
0.48
%
1.43
%
NM

0.67
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity:
 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Average common equity (GAAP)(2)
 
 

$5,089


$4,790


$9,688


$19,567

 

$4,649


$4,526


$10,232


$19,407

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
—

—

6,876

6,876

 
—

—

6,876

6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
—

—

3

3

 
—

—

5

5

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
—

—

481

481

 
—

—

422

422

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(2)
M
 

$5,089


$4,790


$3,290


$13,169

 

$4,649


$4,526


$3,773


$12,948

Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(2)
I/M
 
5.59
%
11.19
%
NM

6.61
%
 
5.30
%
13.15
%
NM

6.53
%
(2) Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.

67
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Results of Operations — Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 Compared with Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

Highlights
For first quarter 2016:
•
Net income of $223 million in first quarter increased $14 million, compared to $209 million in first quarter 2015. No restructuring charges and special items were recorded in first quarter 2016 compared with $6 million in after-tax restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items in first quarter 2015;
•
Net income available to common stockholders of $216 million increased $7 million, or 3%, compared to $209 million in first quarter 2015, despite the impact of a $7 million semi-annual preferred stock dividend recorded in first quarter 2016;
•
Net interest income of $904 million increased $68 million, or 8%, from $836 million in first quarter 2015 reflecting 7% average loan growth and net interest margin improvement;
•
Net interest margin of 2.86% in first quarter 2016 increased 9 basis points, compared to 2.77% in first quarter 2015, driven by improved loan yields, higher interest rates and continued improvement in loan mix. Results also reflected the benefit of modest balance sheet deleveraging, a reduction related to a FRB stock dividend decrease and the impact of higher funding costs;
•
Noninterest income of $330 million in first quarter 2016 decreased $17 million, or 5%, compared to $347 million in first quarter 2015 and reflected a $7 million decrease related to a card reward accounting change. Lower mortgage banking fees, other income, card and foreign exchange and letter of credit fees were partially offset by an increase in service charges and trust and investment services fees;
•
Noninterest expense of $811 million remained stable as a $10 million decrease in restructuring charges and special items was offset by increases in outside services, salaries and employee benefits, amortization and equipment expense. Excluding the restructuring charges and special items, noninterest expense increased $11 million as higher outside services, salary and employee benefits expense, and amortization and equipment expense were partially offset by lower other expense;
•
Provision for credit losses of $91 million in first quarter 2016, increased $33 million, or 57%, from $58 million in first quarter of 2015, which included $28 million in commercial loan recoveries. The benefit of a reserve release related to the transfer of $373 million of TDR balances to held for sale and lower retail charge-offs was more than offset by additional reserves related to the oil and gas portfolio following the Shared National Credit review. First quarter 2016 results include an $8 million reserve build, compared with a $4 million reserve build in first quarter 2015;
•
Return on average tangible common equity ratio of 6.61%(1) compared to 6.53%(1) in first quarter 2015.
•
Average loans and leases of $100.3 billion increased $6.3 billion, or 7%, from $94.0 billion in first quarter 2015 reflecting a $3.5 billion increase in commercial and a $2.8 billion increase in retail;
•
Average interest-bearing deposits of $74.8 billion increased $4.9 billion, or 7%, from $69.9 billion in first quarter 2015, driven by growth in all deposit products;
•
Net charge-offs of $83 million increased $29 million, or 54%, from $54 million in first quarter 2015, largely as a result of higher commercial loan recoveries in the earlier period. The ALLL of $1.2 billion increased $8 million compared to fourth quarter 2015. ALLL to total loans and leases was 1.21% as of March 31, 2016, compared with 1.23% as of December 31, 2015. ALLL to non-performing loans and leases ratio was 113% as of March 31, 2016, compared with 115% as of December 31, 2015; and
•
Net income per average common share, basic and diluted, was $0.41 in first quarter 2016, up 8%, from $0.38 per average common share, basic and diluted, in first quarter 2015.
(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


68
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net Income
Net income totaled $223 million in first quarter 2016, up $14 million, or 7%, from $209 million in first quarter 2015. First quarter 2015 results were reduced by $6 million of after-tax restructuring charges and special items, largely related to efforts to improve processes and enhance efficiencies, as well as rebranding and separating from RBS. Excluding the restructuring charges and special items, net income increased $8 million from first quarter 2015.
The following table details the significant components of our net income for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended March 31
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
Change
 
Percent
Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$904

 

$836

 

$68

 
8%
Noninterest income
330

 
347

 
(17
)
 
(5)
Total revenue
1,234

 
1,183

 
51

 
4
Provision for credit losses
91

 
58

 
33

 
57
Noninterest expense
811

 
810

 
1

 
—
Noninterest expense, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
811

 
800

 
11

 
1
Income before income tax expense
332

 
315

 
17

 
5
Income tax expense
109

 
106

 
3

 
3
Net income
223

 
209

 
14

 
7
Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
223

 
215

 
8

 
4
Net income available to common stockholders
216

 
209

 
7

 
3
Net income available to common stockholders, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
216

 
215

 
1

 
—
Return on average tangible common equity (1)
6.61
%
 
6.53
%
 
8
 bps
 
—
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
6.61
%
 
6.73
%
 
(12
) bps
 
—
(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of this non-GAAP financial measure, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



69
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net Interest Income
The following table shows the major components of net interest income and net interest margin:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
(dollars in millions)
Average
Balances
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
Yields/
Rates
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

$1,675


$2

0.42
%
 

$2,092


$1

0.19
%
 

($417
)
23 bps
Taxable investment securities
23,864

145

2.43

 
24,955

159

2.55

 
(1,091
)
(12)
Non-taxable investment securities
9

—

2.60

 
10

—

2.60

 
(1
)
—
Total investment securities
23,873

145

2.43

 
24,965

159

2.55

 
(1,092
)
(12)
Commercial
34,018

264

3.08

 
31,911

226

2.84

 
2,107

24
Commercial real estate
9,108

62

2.69

 
7,700

50

2.59

 
1,408

10
Leases
3,917

24

2.44

 
3,895

25

2.53

 
22

(9)
Total commercial
47,043

350

2.95

 
43,506

301

2.77

 
3,537

18
Residential mortgages
13,465

126

3.76

 
11,855

112

3.79

 
1,610

(3)
Home equity loans
2,471

34

5.51

 
3,332

44

5.40

 
(861
)
11
Home equity lines of credit
14,632

113

3.11

 
15,310

111

2.94

 
(678
)
17
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
958

17

6.94

 
1,193

21

7.09

 
(235
)
(15)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
340

2

2.19

 
522

3

2.58

 
(182
)
(39)
Automobile
13,792

97

2.83

 
12,933

89

2.78

 
859

5
Student
4,852

60

5.02

 
2,623

33

5.13

 
2,229

(11)
Credit cards
1,601

45

11.29

 
1,637

45

11.10

 
(36
)
19
Other retail
1,108

24

8.66

 
1,041

20

7.59

 
67

107
Total retail
53,219

518

3.91

 
50,446

478

3.83

 
2,773

8
Total loans and leases
100,262

868

3.46

 
93,952

779

3.34

 
6,310

12
Loans held for sale, at fair value
306

3

3.70

 
242

2

3.29

 
64

41
Other loans held for sale
49

1

6.64

 
91

1

6.85

 
(42
)
(21)
Interest-earning assets
126,165

1,019

3.23

 
121,342

942

3.12

 
4,823

11
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,212
)
 
 
 
(1,192
)
 
 
 
(20
)
 
Goodwill
6,876

 
 
 
6,876

 
 
 
—

 
Other noninterest-earning assets
6,951

 
 
 
6,299

 
 
 
652

 
Total noninterest-earning assets
12,615

 
 
 
11,983

 
 
 
632

 
Total assets

$138,780

 
 
 

$133,325

 
 
 

$5,455

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking with interest

$17,993


$7

0.14
%
 

$16,039


$4

0.11
%
 

$1,954

3 bps
Money market and savings
44,619

29

0.26

 
41,666

25

0.25

 
2,953

1
Term deposits
12,199

24

0.80

 
12,184

23

0.78

 
15

2
Total interest-bearing deposits
74,811

60

0.32

 
69,889

52

0.31

 
4,922

1
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
881

1

0.23

 
4,607

7

0.60

 
(3,726
)
(37)
Other short-term borrowed funds
3,098

11

1.40

 
6,969

15

0.83

 
(3,871
)
57
Long-term borrowed funds
9,894

43

1.75

 
3,930

32

3.27

 
5,964

(152)
Total borrowed funds
13,873

55

1.58

 
15,506

54

1.38

 
(1,633
)
20
Total interest-bearing liabilities
88,684

115

0.52

 
85,395

106

0.50

 
3,289

2
Demand deposits
27,170

 
 
 
25,756

 
 
 
1,414

 
Other liabilities
3,112

 
 
 
2,767

 
 
 
345

 
Total liabilities
118,966

 
 
 
113,918

 
 
 
5,048

 
Stockholders’ equity
19,814

 
 
 
19,407

 
 
 
407

 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$138,780

 
 
 

$133,325

 
 
 

$5,455

 
Interest rate spread
 
 
2.71

 
 
 
2.62

 
 
9
Net interest income
 

$904

 
 
 

$836

 
 


 
Net interest margin
 
 
2.86
%
 
 
 
2.77
%
 
 
9 bps
Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand)

$101,981


$60

0.24
%
 

$95,645


$52

0.22
%
 

$6,336

2 bps
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Balances are net of certain short-term receivables associated with reverse repurchase agreements. Interest expense includes the full cost of the repurchase agreements and certain hedging costs. The rate on federal funds purchased is elevated due to the impact from pay-fixed interest rate swaps that are scheduled to run off by the end of 2017. See “—Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2016 Compared with December 31, 2015 — Derivatives” for further information.



70
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Net interest income of $904 million in first quarter 2016 increased $68 million, or 8%, compared to $836 million in first quarter 2015, reflecting 7% average loan growth and a nine basis point improvement in net interest margin.
Compared to first quarter 2015, average interest-earning assets of $126.2 billion increased $4.8 billion, or 4%, from first quarter 2015, driven by a $3.5 billion increase in average commercial loans and leases and a $2.8 billion increase in average retail loans, partially offset by a $1.5 billion decrease in average investments and interest-bearing deposits, largely cash. Commercial loan growth was driven by strength in commercial and commercial real estate. Retail loan growth was driven by strength in student, residential mortgage, and auto loan balances.
Average deposits of $102.0 billion increased $6.3 billion from first quarter 2015 with particular strength in savings, checking with interest and demand deposits. Total interest-bearing deposit costs of $60 million increased $8 million, or 15%, from $52 million in first quarter 2015 and reflected a one basis point increase in interest-bearing deposit costs to 0.32%. Checking with interest costs of 0.14% in 2016 compared with 0.11% in 2015, term deposit costs increased to 0.80% in 2016 from 0.78% in 2015, and money market account and savings account costs increased to 0.26% from 0.25% in 2015.
Total borrowed funds of $13.9 billion decreased $1.6 billion from first quarter 2015 as continued growth in deposits reduced the need for borrowings. Total borrowed funds costs in first quarter 2016 of $55 million remained stable with 2015.
Net interest margin of 2.86% in first quarter 2016 increased nine basis points compared to 2.77% in first quarter 2015 driven by improved loan yields reflecting both higher interest rates and continued improvement in loan mix. Results also reflected the benefit of modest balance sheet deleveraging, as well as lower FRB stock dividends and higher funding costs. Average interest-earning asset yields in first quarter of 3.23% increased 11 basis points from 3.12% for the same period in 2015.
Noninterest Income
The following table details the significant components of our noninterest income:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
Change

 
Percent

Service charges and fees

$144

 

$135

 

$9

 
7
%
Card fees
50

 
52

 
(2
)
 
(4
)
Trust and investment services fees
37

 
36

 
1

 
3

Capital markets fees
22

 
22

 
—

 
—

Foreign exchange and letter of credit fees
21

 
23

 
(2
)
 
(9
)
Mortgage banking fees
18

 
33

 
(15
)
 
(45
)
Bank-owned life insurance income
13

 
12

 
1

 
8

Securities gains, net
9

 
8

 
1

 
13

Other income (1)
16

 
26

 
(10
)
 
(38
)
Noninterest income

$330

 

$347

 

($17
)
 
(5
%)
(1) Includes net securities impairment losses on securities available for sale recognized in earnings and other income.
Noninterest income of $330 million in first quarter 2016 decreased $17 million, or 5%, compared to $347 million in first quarter 2015 and included a $7 million decrease related to a card reward accounting change. Lower mortgage banking fees, other income, card and foreign exchange and letter of credit fees were partially offset by increases in service charges and trust and investment services fees. Service charges increased $9 million driven by consumer checking account growth and an increase in commercial cash management and commitment fees. Trust and investment services fees were up slightly. Mortgage banking fees decreased $15 million from first quarter 2015 levels, which included higher loan sale gains, as well as the impact of a decrease in mortgage servicing rights valuation and a lower level of conforming applications. Other income declined $10 million, reflecting lower leasing income partially offset by higher interest-rate product fees.
Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses of $91 million in first quarter 2016 increased $33 million, or 57%, from $58 million in first quarter 2015, which included $28 million in commercial recoveries of prior period charge-offs. 2016 results also reflected the benefit of a reserve release related to the transfer of $373 million of TDR balances to held for sale, and lower retail charge-offs which were more than offset by additional reserves related to the oil and gas portfolio following the Shared National Credit review. First quarter 2016 results included an $8 million reserve build, compared with a $4 million reserve build in first quarter 2015.
The provision for loan and lease losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. The total provision for credit losses included the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded

71
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets” for more information.

Noninterest Expense
The following table displays the significant components of our noninterest expense for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
Change

 
Percent

Salaries and employee benefits

$425

 

$419

 

$6

 
1
%
Outside services
91

 
79

 
12

 
15

Occupancy
76

 
80

 
(4
)
 
(5
)
Equipment expense
65

 
63

 
2

 
3

Amortization of software
39

 
36

 
3

 
8

Other operating expense
115

 
133

 
(18
)
 
(14
)
Noninterest expense

$811

 

$810

 

$1

 
—
%
        
Noninterest expense of $811 million in first quarter 2016 remained relatively stable compared to first quarter 2015 as the impact of higher outside services, salaries and employee benefits, amortization, and equipment expense was offset by lower other operating expenses, which included a $7 million decrease related to a card reward accounting change. First quarter 2015 results also reflected $10 million of pre-tax restructuring charges and special items. Excluding the impact of the restructuring charges and special items, noninterest expense increased $11 million.

Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes was $109 million and $106 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This resulted in an effective tax rate of 32.9% and 33.7% in first quarter 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease in the effective rate from 2015 to 2016 was primarily attributable to an increase in tax advantaged investing.
At March 31, 2016, we reported a net deferred tax liability of $852 million, compared to a $730 million liability at December 31, 2015. The increase in the net deferred tax liability was primarily attributable to the tax effect of net unrealized gains on securities and derivatives arising during the period. For further discussion, see Note 10 “Income Taxes” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.


72
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Business Segments
The following tables present certain financial data of our business segments:
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
(dollars in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

(6) 
Consolidated
Net interest income

$581

 

$300

 

$23

 

$904

Noninterest income
208

 
99

 
23

 
330

Total revenue
789

 
399

 
46

 
1,234

Noninterest expense
616

 
187

 
8

 
811

Profit before provision for credit losses
173

 
212

 
38

 
423

Provision for credit losses
63

 
9

 
19

 
91

Income before income tax expense
110

 
203

 
19

 
332

Income tax expense
39

 
70

 
—

 
109

Net income

$71

 

$133

 

$19

 

$223

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end) (1)

$53,731

 

$44,812

 

$3,199

 

$101,742

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$55,116

 

$45,304

 

$38,360

 

$138,780

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
53,744

 
43,899

 
2,974

 
100,617

Deposits
70,871

 
24,833

 
6,277

 
101,981

Interest-earning assets
53,793

 
43,987

 
28,385

 
126,165

Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (2)
4.35
%
 
2.74
%
 
NM

 
2.86
%
Efficiency ratio (3)
78.08

 
46.74

 
NM

 
65.66

Average loans to average deposits ratio (4)
75.83

 
176.78

 
NM

 
98.66

Return on average total tangible assets (2) (3)
0.52

 
1.18

 
NM

 
0.68

Return on average tangible common equity (2) (3) (5)
5.59

 
11.19

 
NM

 
6.61

(1) Includes loans and leases held for sale.
(2) Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented on an annualized basis.
(3)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4) Ratios include loans and leases held for sale.
(5)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
(6) Includes the financial impact of non-core, liquidating loan portfolios and other non-core assets, our treasury activities, wholesale funding activities, securities portfolio, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to our Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. For a description of non-core assets, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2016 Compared with December 31, 2015 — Loans and Leases-Non-Core Assets.”

We operate our business through two operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are derived from our business-line profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses. Residual assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses are attributed to Other.
Other includes our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill and goodwill impairment, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking. Other also includes our non-core assets. Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. The non-core portfolio totaled $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2016, down 7% from December 31, 2015. The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products currently or formerly serviced by others portfolio.
Our capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally, however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital. Interest income and expense is determined based on the assets and liabilities managed by the business segment. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used, or credit for the funds provided, to all business segment assets, liabilities and capital, respectively, using a matched-funding concept. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management, including the residual net interest income related to the funds transfer pricing process, is included in Other.

73
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Noninterest income and expense directly managed by each business segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs are accounted for within each segment’s financial results in a manner similar to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the business segment. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business segments that directly support another business segment’s operations are charged to the applicable business segment based on its utilization of those services.
Income taxes are assessed to each business segment at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change, or our organizational structure changes.
Consumer Banking
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
Change
 
Percent

Net interest income

$581

 

$533

 

$48

 
9
%
Noninterest income
208

 
219

 
(11
)
 
(5
)
Total revenue
789

 
752

 
37

 
5

Noninterest expense
616

 
596

 
20

 
3

Profit before provision for credit losses
173

 
156

 
17

 
11

Provision for credit losses
63

 
63

 
—

 
—

Income before income tax expense
110

 
93

 
17

 
18

Income tax expense
39

 
32

 
7

 
22

Net income

$71

 

$61

 

$10

 
16

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end) (1)

$53,731

 

$50,532

 

$3,199

 
6

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$55,116

 

$51,602

 

$3,514

 
7

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
53,744

 
50,260

 
3,484

 
7

Deposits
70,871

 
67,518

 
3,353

 
5

Interest-earning assets
53,793

 
50,294

 
3,499

 
7
%
Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (2)
4.35
%
 
4.30
%
 
5 bps

 
—

Efficiency ratio (3)
78.08

 
79.25

 
(117) bps

 
—

Average loans to average deposits ratio (4)
75.83

 
74.44

 
139 bps

 
—

Return on average total tangible assets (2) (3)
0.52

 
0.48

 
4 bps

 
—

Return on average tangible common equity (2) (3) (5)
5.59

 
5.30

 
29 bps

 
—

(1) Includes loans and leases held for sale.
(2)  Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented on an annualized basis.
(3)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4) Ratios include loans and leases held for sale.
(5)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Consumer Banking net income of $71 million for first quarter 2016 increased $10 million, or 16%, from $61 million in first quarter 2015, as the benefit of a $37 million increase in revenue was partially offset by a $20 million increase in noninterest expense.
Net interest income of $581 million increased 9% from first quarter 2015, driven by growth in student, mortgage and auto loans, improved loan yields which reflected the benefit of higher rates and improved mix as well as the benefit of growth in lower cost deposits.
Noninterest income decreased $11 million, or 5%, driven by a $15 million decrease in mortgage banking income from first quarter 2015 levels which included higher loan sale gains and a reduction in mortgage servicing rights valuation as well as

74
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



lower secondary volume and gain on sale spreads. Results also reflected higher service charges and fees, driven by consumer checking account growth, an increase in trust and investment services fees and a reduction in card fees driven by a $7 million decrease tied to a card reward accounting change.
Noninterest expense of $616 million increased $20 million, or 3%, from $596 million in first quarter 2015, driven by higher salaries and employee benefits, outside services and equipment expense, partially offset by the effect of the card reward accounting change, lower insurance and tax expense, and lower credit collection costs.
Provision for credit losses of $63 million was stable with first quarter 2015 as higher net charge-offs in auto and student were offset by lower home equity net charge-offs.
Commercial Banking
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
Change
 
Percent

Net interest income

$300

 

$276

 

$24

 
9
%
Noninterest income
99

 
100

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Total revenue
399

 
376

 
23

 
6

Noninterest expense
187

 
173

 
14

 
8

Profit before provision for credit losses
212

 
203

 
9

 
4

Provision for credit losses
9

 
(21
)
 
30

 
143

Income before income tax expense
203

 
224

 
(21
)
 
(9
)
Income tax expense
70

 
77

 
(7
)
 
(9
)
Net income

$133

 

$147

 

($14
)
 
(10
)
Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end) (1)

$44,812

 

$40,642

 

$4,170

 
10

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$45,304

 

$41,606

 

$3,698

 
9

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
43,899

 
40,241

 
3,658

 
9

Deposits
24,833

 
21,932

 
2,901

 
13

Interest-earning assets
43,987

 
40,344

 
3,643

 
9

Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (2)
2.74
%
 
2.77
%
 
(3) bps

 
—

Efficiency ratio (3)
46.74

 
46.01

 
73 bps

 
—

Average loans to average deposits ratio (4)
176.78

 
183.48

 
(670) bps

 
—

Return on average total tangible assets (2)(3)
1.18

 
1.43

 
(25) bps

 
—

Return on average tangible common equity (2) (3) (5)
11.19

 
13.15

 
(196) bps

 
—

(1) Includes loans and leases held for sale.
(2)  Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented on an annualized basis.
(3)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4) Ratios include loans and leases held for sale.
(5)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Commercial Banking net income of $133 million in first quarter 2016 declined $14 million, or 10%, from $147 million in first quarter 2015, as the benefit of a $23 million increase in total revenue was more than offset by a $14 million increase in noninterest expense and $30 million increase in provision for credit losses.
Net interest income of $300 million increased $24 million, or 9%, from $276 million in first quarter 2015, reflecting a $3.7 billion increase in average loans and leases and improved spreads driven by higher interest rates, as well as deposit growth.
Noninterest income of $99 million remained relatively stable with first quarter 2015, as strength in service charges and fees was offset by lower leasing income and foreign exchange and letter of credit fees.
Noninterest expense of $187 million increased $14 million, or 8%, from $173 million in first quarter 2015, reflecting increased outside services, salaries and employee benefits, and equipment expense partially offset by lower insurance and regulatory costs.
Provision for credit losses of $9 million increased $30 million from first quarter 2015 levels that included $21 million in recoveries of prior period charge-offs.

75
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Other
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2016

 
2015

 
Change

 
Percent

Net interest income

$23

 

$27

 

($4
)
 
(15
%)
Noninterest income
23

 
28

 
(5
)
 
(18
)
Total revenue
46

 
55

 
(9
)
 
(16
)
Noninterest expense
8

 
41

 
(33
)
 
(80
)
Profit before provision for credit losses
38

 
14

 
24

 
171

Provision for credit losses
19

 
16

 
3

 
19

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
19

 
(2
)
 
21

 
NM

Income tax expense (benefit)
—

 
(3
)
 
3

 
(100
)
Net income

$19

 

$1

 

$18

 
NM

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end) (1)

$3,199

 

$3,696

 

($497
)
 
(13
)
Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$38,360

 

$40,117

 

($1,757
)
 
(4
)
Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
2,974

 
3,784

 
(810
)
 
(21
)
Deposits
6,277

 
6,195

 
82

 
1

Interest-earning assets
28,385

 
30,704

 
(2,319
)
 
(8
)
(1) Includes loans and leases held for sale.

Other net income of $19 million increased from $1 million in first quarter 2015, as lower incentive compensation, insurance expense, restructuring charges and special items and favorable residual funds transfer pricing benefits were offset by the impact of a reduction in FRB stock dividends, higher wholesale funding costs and an increase in provision expense, which reflected an $8 million reserve build compared to a $4 million reserve build in first quarter 2015.

76
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2016 Compared with December 31, 2015
Loans and Leases
The following table shows the composition of loans and leases, including non-core loans, as of:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Change

 
 Percent

Commercial

$34,671

 

$33,264

 

$1,407

 
4
 %
Commercial real estate
9,406

 
8,971

 
435

 
5

Leases
3,895

 
3,979

 
(84
)
 
(2
)
Total commercial
47,972

 
46,214

 
1,758

 
4

Residential mortgages
13,345

 
13,318

 
27

 
—

Home equity loans
2,313

 
2,557

 
(244
)
 
(10
)
Home equity lines of credit
14,526

 
14,674

 
(148
)
 
(1
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
930

 
986

 
(56
)
 
(6
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
339

 
389

 
(50
)
 
(13
)
Automobile
13,847

 
13,828

 
19

 
—

Student
5,006

 
4,359

 
647

 
15

Credit cards
1,581

 
1,634

 
(53
)
 
(3
)
Other retail
1,132

 
1,083

 
49

 
5

Total retail
53,019

 
52,828

 
191

 
—

Total loans and leases (2) (3)

$100,991

 

$99,042

 

$1,949

 
2
%
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Excluded from the table above are loans held for sale totaling $751 million and $365 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(3) Mortgage loans serviced for others by our subsidiaries are not included above, and amounted to $17.4 billion and $17.6 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
Our loans and leases are disclosed in portfolio segments and classes. Our loan and lease portfolio segments are commercial and retail. The classes of loans and leases are: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.
Total loans and leases of $101.0 billion as of March 31, 2016, increased $1.9 billion, or 2%, from $99.0 billion as of December 31, 2015, reflecting growth in commercial products. Total commercial loans and leases of $48.0 billion grew $1.8 billion, or 4%, from $46.2 billion as of December 31, 2015, reflecting commercial loan growth of $1.4 billion and commercial real estate loan growth of $435 million. Total retail loans of $53.0 billion remained relatively stable with December 31, 2015 levels, as a $647 million increase in student was partially offset by lower home equity balances, including continued run off in the non-core portfolio. During first quarter 2016, we purchased $369 million of student loans but transferred $288 million of residential mortgages and $85 million of home equity loans, classified as TDRs, to other loans held for sale.
The effect of first quarter 2016 loan purchases and sales, net of runoff of previously purchased loans, decreased period-end loans by $570 million. See Note 3 “Loans and Leases” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report, for further information.


77
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Non-Core Assets    
The table below shows the composition of our non-core assets as of the dates indicated:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
 (Date of Designation) June 30, 2009
 
Change from
2016-2015
 
Change from
2016-2009
Commercial

$37

 

$38

 

$1,900

 
(3
%)
 
(98
%)
Commercial real estate
116

 
130

 
3,412

 
(11
)
 
(97
)
Total commercial
153

 
168

 
5,312

 
(9
)
 
(97
)
Residential mortgages
282

 
297

 
1,467

 
(5
)
 
(81
)
Home equity loans
65

 
69

 
384

 
(6
)
 
(83
)
Home equity lines of credit
70

 
74

 
231

 
(5
)
 
(70
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
930

 
986

 
4,591

 
(6
)
 
(80
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
339

 
389

 
1,589

 
(13
)
 
(79
)
Automobile
—

 
—

 
769

 
—

 
(100
)
Student
321

 
329

 
1,495

 
(2
)
 
(79
)
Credit cards
—

 
—

 
995

 
—

 
(100
)
Other retail
—

 
—

 
3,268

 
—

 
(100
)
Total retail
2,007

 
2,144

 
14,789

 
(6
)
 
(86
)
Total non-core loans
2,160

 
2,312

 
20,101

 
(7
)
 
(89
)
Other assets
25

 
26

 
378

 
(4
)
 
(93
)
Total non-core assets

$2,185

 

$2,338

 

$20,479

 
(7
%)
 
(89
%)
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. Non-core assets totaled $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2016. We have actively managed these loans down since they were designated as non-core on June 30, 2009. Between that time and March 31, 2016, the portfolio decreased $18.3 billion or 89%, including principal repayments of $10.3 billion; charge-offs of $3.9 billion; transfers back to the core portfolio of $2.8 billion; and sales of $1.3 billion.
Non-core assets totaled $2.2 billion as of March 31, 2016, a decrease of $153 million from December 31, 2015, driven by principal repayments of $143 million. Commercial non-core loans of $153 million declined 9% compared to December 31, 2015. Retail non-core loan balances of $2.0 billion decreased $137 million, or 6%, compared to December 31, 2015.
The largest component of our non-core portfolio is the home equity SBO portfolio. The SBO portfolio is a liquidating portfolio consisting of pools of home equity loans and lines of credit purchased between 2003 and 2007. Although our SBO portfolio consists of loans that were initially serviced by others, we now service a portion of this portfolio internally. SBO balances serviced externally totaled $695 million and $763 million as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The SBO portfolio has been closed to new purchases since the third quarter of 2007, with exposure down to $1.3 billion as of March 31, 2016, compared to $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2015. The SBO portfolio represented 4% of the retail real estate secured portfolio and 2% of the overall retail loan portfolio as of March 31, 2016.
The credit profile of the SBO portfolio was weaker than the core real estate portfolio, with a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 711 and CLTV of 89% as of March 31, 2016. The proportion of the portfolio in a second lien position was 96% with 72% of the portfolio in out-of-footprint geographies including 27% in California, Nevada, Arizona and Florida.
SBO net charge-offs of $7 million remained relatively stable with fourth quarter 2015 levels. The SBO portfolio annualized net charge-off rate increased 19 basis points to 2.05%, compared to 1.86% in fourth quarter 2015, driven by balance liquidation.
Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets
We and our banking subsidiaries, CBNA and CBPA, maintain an allowance for credit losses, consisting of an ALLL and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments. This allowance is created through charges to income, or provision for credit losses, and is maintained at an appropriate level adequate to absorb anticipated losses and is determined in accordance with GAAP. For further information on our processes to determine our allowance for credit losses, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming

78
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
The allowance for credit losses totaled $1.3 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Our ALLL was 1.21% of total loans and leases and 113% of nonperforming loans and leases as of March 31, 2016 compared with 1.23% and 115%, respectively, as of December 31, 2015.
Overall, loan portfolio credit quality remained relatively stable in first quarter 2016. Net charge-offs of $83 million increased $29 million from $54 million in first quarter 2015, which included $28 million of commercial recoveries of prior period charge-offs. Annualized net charge-offs increased to 0.33% of average total loans and leases from 0.23% in first quarter 2015. The 90 day or more past due delinquency rate was 1.0% as of March 31, 2016 compared with 0.9% as of December 31, 2015. Nonperforming loans and leases totaled $1.1 billion, or 1.07%, of the total portfolio as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
On March 31, 2016 we transferred $373 million of first lien consumer real-estate secured TDRs to other loans held for sale. This portfolio included $97 million of nonperforming loans.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial loan and lease portfolio consists of traditional commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and leases. The portfolio is predominantly focused on customers in our footprint and adjacent states in which we have a physical presence where our local delivery model provides for strong client connectivity. However, we also do business in certain specialized industry sectors on a national basis.
For commercial loans and leases, we use regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Loans with a “pass” rating are those that we believe will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans and leases that are “criticized” are those that have some weakness that indicates an increased probability of future loss. See Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
As of March 31, 2016, nonperforming commercial loans and leases increased $222 million to $370 million, compared to $148 million as of December 31, 2015, driven by a $210 million increase in nonperforming oil and gas industry loans following new negative guidance related to multi-tiered debt structures. As of March 31, 2016, total commercial nonperforming loans stood at 0.8% of the commercial loan portfolio, compared to 0.3% as of December 31, 2015. Total commercial loan and lease portfolio charge-offs in first quarter 2016 of $9 million compared to a net recovery of $22 million in first quarter 2015.
Commercial criticized loans and leases portfolio increased to $2.8 billion, or 5.8% of the portfolio compared to $2.6 billion, or 5.6% at December 31, 2015. Commercial criticized balances increased to $2.1 billion, or 6.1%, of commercial loans compared to $2.0 billion, or 6.0%, as of December 31, 2015, driven by a $175 million increase in the oil and gas portfolio. Commercial real estate criticized balances of $542 million, or 5.8%, of the commercial real estate portfolio compared to $521 million, or 5.8%, as of December 31, 2015. Commercial criticized loans to total criticized loans of 76% as of March 31, 2016 remained stable with December 31, 2015 levels. Commercial real estate accounted for 20% of criticized loans as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
Retail Loan Asset Quality
For retail loans, we primarily use the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. The longer a loan is past due, the greater the likelihood of future credit loss. These credit quality indicators are continually updated and monitored. Our retail loan portfolio remains focused on lending across the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, with continued geographic expansion outside the footprint primarily in the auto finance and student lending portfolios. Retail assets increased $191 million to $53.0 billion as of March 31, 2016, a 0.4% increase from December 31, 2015, driven by growth in the student lending and residential mortgage portfolios, offset by a reduction in home equity.
The credit composition of our retail loan portfolio at March 31, 2016 remained favorable and well-positioned across all product lines with an average refreshed FICO score of 757, which was stable with December 31, 2015 levels. The real estate secured portfolio CLTV ratio is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the appraised value of the property and was 63% as of March 31, 2016 compared to 64% as of December 31, 2015. Excluding the SBO portfolio, the real estate CLTV was 61% as of March 31, 2016 compared to 62% as of December 31, 2015. Retail asset quality continued to improve with an annualized net charge-off rate (core and non-core) of 0.55% in first quarter 2016, a decrease of five basis points from first quarter 2015.
Nonperforming retail loans as a percentage of total retail loans were 1.3% as of March 31, 2016, a 40 basis point decrease from December 31, 2015, driven primarily by the transfer of $97 million of non-performing retail TDRs to held for sale and the reclassification of $77 million in residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government entities to performing in keeping with industry practice.

79
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Special Topics-HELOC Payment Shock
For further information regarding the possible HELOC payment shock, see “—Key Factors Affecting Our Business — HELOC Payment Shock.”
Troubled Debt Restructuring
TDR is the classification given to a loan that has been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower that is experiencing financial hardship that we would not otherwise make. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. Our loan modifications are handled on a case by case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet our borrower’s financial needs. The types of concessions include interest rate reductions, term extensions, principal forgiveness and other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside our lending policy. Depending on the specific facts and circumstances of the customer, restructuring can involve loans moving to nonaccrual, remaining on nonaccrual or continuing on accrual status. As of March 31, 2016, $775 million of retail loans were classified as retail TDRs, compared with $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2015. The reduction in TDRs was driven by the transfer of $373 million of first lien mortgages and home equity loans to held for sale. In the retail TDR population, $244 million were in nonaccrual status of which 62% were current in payment. TDRs generally return to accrual status once repayment capacity and appropriate payment history can be established. TDRs are evaluated for impairment individually. Loans are classified as TDRs until paid off, sold or refinanced at market terms.
For additional information regarding TDRs, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” and Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
The table below presents an aging of our retail TDRs:
 
March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Current

 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90+ Days
Past Due
 
Total

Recorded Investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$96

 
12

 

$1

 

$37

 

$146

Home equity loans
110

 
8

 
2

 
19

 
139

Home equity lines of credit
163

 
8

 
2

 
17

 
190

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
64

 
3

 
—

 
3

 
70

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
7

 
—

 
—

 
3

 
10

Automobile
13

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
14

Student
159

 
2

 
2

 
1

 
164

Credit cards
25

 
1

 
—

 
1

 
27

Other retail
14

 
1

 
—

 
—

 
15

Total

$651

 

$35

 

$8

 

$81

 

$775


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.


80
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The table below presents the accrual status of our retail TDRs:
 
March 31, 2016
(in millions)
Accruing

 
Nonaccruing

 
Total

Recorded Investment:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$74

 

$72

 

$146

Home equity loans
101

 
38

 
139

Home equity lines of credit
118

 
72

 
190

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
50

 
20

 
70

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
4

 
6

 
10

Automobile
8

 
6

 
14

Student
135

 
29

 
164

Credit cards
26

 
1

 
27

Other retail
15

 
—

 
15

Total

$531

 

$244

 

$775

(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of purchased home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

Securities
Our securities portfolio is managed to seek return while maintaining prudent levels of credit quality, market risk and liquidity. The following table presents our securities AFS and HTM:
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Change in Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury

$16

 

$16

 

$16

 

$16

 

$—

 
—
 %
State and political subdivisions
9

 
9

 
9

 
9

 
—

 
—

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,147

 
17,434

 
17,234

 
17,320

 
114

 
1

Other/non-agency
526

 
488

 
555

 
522

 
(34
)
 
(7
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
17,673

 
17,922

 
17,789

 
17,842

 
80

 
—

Total debt securities
17,698

 
17,947

 
17,814

 
17,867

 
80

 
—

Marketable equity securities
5

 
5

 
5

 
5

 
—

 
—

Other equity securities
12

 
12

 
12

 
12

 
—

 
—

Total equity securities
17

 
17

 
17

 
17

 
—

 
—

   Total securities available for sale

$17,715

 

$17,964

 

$17,831

 

$17,884

 

$80

 
—

Securities Held to Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$4,010

 

$4,103

 

$4,105

 

$4,121

 

($18
)
 
—

Other/non-agency
1,119

 
1,158

 
1,153

 
1,176

 
(18
)
 
(2
)
   Total securities held to maturity

$5,129

 

$5,261

 

$5,258

 

$5,297

 

($36
)
 
(1
)
   Total securities available for sale and held to maturity

$22,844

 

$23,225

 

$23,089

 

$23,181

 

$44

 
—
%

As of March 31, 2016, the fair value of the AFS and HTM securities portfolio increased $44 million to $23.2 billion, compared with $23.2 billion as of December 31, 2015, driven by an increase in the market value of the securities portfolio due to a decline in interest rates, which was partially offset by cash flow runoff in excess of reinvestment. During first quarter 2016, $364 million in mortgage-backed securities were sold and the proceeds were reinvested into higher coupon securities for risk management purposes. As of March 31, 2016, the portfolio’s average effective duration was 2.9 years compared with 3.5 years as of December 31, 2015, largely reflective of increased prepayment speeds.


81
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The securities portfolio included high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintaining appropriate contingent liquidity and pledging capacity. U.S. government-guaranteed notes and government-sponsored entity-issued mortgage-backed securities represented the vast majority of the securities portfolio holdings. The portfolio composition has also been dominated by holdings backed by mortgages so that they may be pledged to the FHLBs. This has become increasingly important due to the enhanced liquidity requirements of the liquidity coverage ratio. For further discussion of the liquidity coverage ratios, see “Regulation and Supervision — Liquidity Standards” in Part I — Business, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Income on debt securities portfolios totaled $139 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, a decrease of $9 million, or 6%, from $148 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and reflected a yield of 2.43% compared with 2.47% for the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Deposits
The table below represents the major components of our deposits:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Change

 
Percent

Demand

$27,186

 

$27,649

 

($463
)
 
(2
%)
Checking with interest
18,706

 
17,921

 
785

 
4

Regular savings
8,748

 
8,218

 
530

 
6

Money market accounts
35,513

 
36,727

 
(1,214
)
 
(3
)
Term deposits
12,453

 
12,024

 
429

 
4

Total deposits

$102,606

 

$102,539

 

$67

 
—
%
    
Total deposits as of March 31, 2016, increased $67 million to $102.6 billion, compared to $102.5 billion as growth in checking with interest, savings and term deposits were partially offset by a decrease in money market and demand deposits.

Borrowed Funds
Short-term borrowed funds
The following is a summary of our short-term borrowed funds:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Change

 
Percent

Federal funds purchased

$23

 

$—

 

$23

 
100
%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
691

 
802

 
(111
)
 
(14
)
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
3,300

 
2,630

 
670

 
25

Total short-term borrowed funds

$4,014

 

$3,432

 

$582

 
17
%
Short-term borrowed funds of $4.0 billion as of March 31, 2016, increased $582 million from December 31, 2015, reflecting an increase of $670 million in short-term FHLB advances and other short-term borrowings and an increase of 23 million in short-term federal funds purchased, offset by a decline of $111 million in customer repurchase agreements.
    As of March 31, 2016, our total contingent liquidity was $21.9 billion, consisting of $1.0 billion in net cash at the FRB (which is defined as excess cash balances held at the FRBs), $17.4 billion in unencumbered high-quality securities, and $3.5 billion in unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Additionally, $10.7 billion in unencumbered loans pledged at the FRBs created total available liquidity of approximately $32.6 billion.

    

82
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Key data related to short-term borrowed funds is presented in the following table:
(dollars in millions)
As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
 
As of and for the Year Ended Dec. 31, 2015
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
Weighted-average interest rate at period-end:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.01
%
 
0.15
%
 
0.22
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.57

 
0.44

 
0.26

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$1,274

 

$5,375

 

$5,375

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
3,300

 
7,004

 
7,004

Average amount outstanding during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$881

 

$3,364

 

$4,607

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
3,098

 
5,865

 
6,969

Weighted-average interest rate during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.06
%
 
0.22
%
 
0.18
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.58

 
0.28

 
0.26


83
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Long-term borrowed funds
The following is a summary of our long-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
4.150% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2022 (1)

$347

 

$350

5.158% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debt, (LIBOR + 3.56%) callable, due 2023 (2)
333

 
333

3.750% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (2) (3)
250

 
250

4.023% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (2) (4)
214

 
331

4.082% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (2) (5)
346

 
331

4.350% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (6)
248

 
250

4.300% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (7)
749

 
750

Banking Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
1.600% senior unsecured notes, due 2017 (8) (9)
752

 
749

2.300% senior unsecured notes, due 2018 (8) (10)
753

 
747

2.450% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (8) (11)
763

 
752

2.500% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (8) (12)
750

 
—

Federal Home Loan advances due through 2033
4,516

 
5,018

Other
14

 
25

Total long-term borrowed funds

$10,035

 

$9,886


(1) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $350 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as well as the impact of ($3) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016.
(2) Borrowed funds with RBS. See Note 13 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS” for further information.
(3) Prior to January 1, 2016, interest was payable at a fixed rate per annum of 4.153%.
(4) These balances are comprised of: principal balance of $208 million and $333 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, as well as the impact from interest rate swaps of $6 million and ($2) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information. In addition, on March 7, 2016, the Company repurchased $125 million of these securities from RBS. See Note 13 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS” for further information.
(5) These balances are comprised of: principal balance of $334 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $12 million and ($3) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(6) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $250 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as well as the impact of ($2) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016.
(7) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as well as the impact of ($1) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016.
(8) These securities were offered under CBNA’s Global Bank Note Program dated December 1, 2014.
(9) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $3 million and ($1) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively; and ($1) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(10) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $6 million and ($3) million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively; and ($3) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(11) These balances are comprised of: principal balances of $750 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015; impact from interest rate swaps of $16 million and $2 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively; and ($3) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.
(12) The balance is comprised of: principal balance of $750 million at March 31, 2016; impact from interest rate swaps of $2 million and ($2) million of unamortized deferred issuance costs and discount at March 31, 2016. See Note 11 “Derivatives” for further information.

On July 31, 2015, we issued $250 million of subordinated debt with a 4.350% fixed rate and a ten year maturity. On August 3, 2015, we used the net proceeds of this issuance to repurchase 9,615,384 shares of our common stock directly from RBS.

On December 3, 2015, we repurchased $750 million of outstanding subordinated debt instruments held by RBS. The $3 million difference between the repurchase price and the net carrying amount of the subordinated debt was recognized as a gain on extinguishment of the debt. To fund the repurchase, we issued $750 million of new subordinated debt with a 4.300% fixed rate and a ten year maturity.

Long-term borrowed funds of $10.0 billion as of March 31, 2016 increased $149 million from December 31, 2015, primarily driven by a $502 million decrease in long term FHLB advances and a $750 million increase in senior bank debt.
 

84
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Access to additional funding through repurchase agreements, collateralized borrowed funds or asset sales is available. Additionally, there is capacity to grow deposits or issue senior or subordinated notes.

Derivatives
We use pay-fixed swaps to hedge floating rate wholesale funding and to offset duration in fixed-rate assets. Notional balances totaled $5.0 billion as of March 31, 2016, same as of December 31, 2015. Pay-fixed rates on the swaps ranged from 1.82% to 4.30% as of March 31, 2016, compared to 1.96% to 4.30% as of December 31, 2015. We received the daily federal funds effective rate on the legacy $500 million notional, while the remaining $4.5 billion are forward starting positions which begin accruing starting in July 2016 and later periods.
We use receive-fixed swaps to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating rate assets, and to hedge market risk on fixed rate capital market debt issuance. At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the notional amount of receive-fixed swap hedges totaled $9.0 billion and $8.5 billion, respectively. The fixed-rate ranges were 1.06% to 2.05% and 0.77% to 2.04%, respectively. We paid one-month and three-month LIBOR on these swaps.
In February 2016, we terminated $3 billion of receive-fixed interest rate swap that hedged the interest rate exposure on floating rate commercial loans. The transaction resulted in a $12.5 million gain which will be amortized over the remaining life of the swap.

In March 2016, we entered into a $750 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap to manage the interest rate exposure on a medium term debt issued in March 2016. This agreement converted the fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR based floating funding. We receive a fixed rate of 1.06% on the swap agreement and pay three month LIBOR.

We also sell interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to commercial customers. Offsetting swap and forward agreements are simultaneously transacted to minimize our market risk associated with the customer derivative contracts. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives not designated as hedges reflect the market value of these transactions.
The table below presents our derivative assets and liabilities. For additional information regarding our derivative instruments, see Note 11 “Derivatives” in our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(dollars in millions)
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$14,000


$296


$167

 

$16,750


$96


$50

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
35,896

739

658

 
33,719

540

455

Foreign exchange contracts
8,928

146

138

 
8,366

163

156

Other contracts
1,117

11

8

 
981

8

5

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
896

804

 
 
711

616

Gross derivative fair values
 
1,192

971

 
 
807

666

Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (2) 
 
(123
)
(123
)
 
 
(178
)
(178
)
Less: Cash collateral applied (2)
 
(1
)
(16
)
 
 
(4
)
(3
)
Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (3)
 

$1,068


$832

 
 

$625


$485

(1) The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. For interest rate derivatives, the notional amount is typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk as they do not measure the true economic risk of these contracts.
(2) Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to settle positive and negative positions.
(3) We also offset assets and liabilities associated with repurchase agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 2 “Securities” in our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
At March 31, 2016, the overall derivative asset value increased $443 million and the liability balance increased by $347 million from December 31, 2015, primarily due to decreased fixed interest rates at March 31, 2016, compared to December 31, 2015.

85
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Capital
As a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRBG. Our primary subsidiaries are our two insured depository institutions, CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-charted savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator.
In July 2013, the FRB, OCC and FDIC issued the U.S. Basel III final rules. The rules implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. The U.S. Basel III final rules substantially revised the risk-based capital and leverage requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA. The U.S. Basel III final rules became effective for CFG and its depository institution subsidiaries, including CBNA and CBPA, on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions).
The U.S. Basel III final rules, among other things, (i) introduced a new capital measure called CET1, (ii) specified that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements, (iii) defined CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expanded the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations.
The U.S. Basel III final rules also introduced a new capital conservation buffer (“CCB”), composed entirely of CET1, on top of these three minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and will increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until the buffer reaches its fully phased in level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the applicable capital conservation buffer) will be subject to constraints on capital distributions, including dividends, repurchases and certain executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Under the U.S. Basel III final rules, the effective minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2016 are:
•
5.125% CET1 to risk-weighted assets (minimum of 4.5% plus 0.625% CCB);
•
6.625% Tier 1 capital (CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets (minimum of 6% plus 0.625% CCB);
•
8.625% Total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets (minimum of 8% plus 0.625% CCB); and
•
4.000% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”). The minimum leverage ratio of 4% is not impacted by the capital conservation buffer.
When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the U.S. Basel III final rules will require CFG, CBNA and CBPA to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.
The U.S. Basel III final rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that certain deferred tax assets and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter).
The U.S. Basel III final rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the general risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.
With respect to CBNA and CBPA, the U.S. Basel III final rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as discussed above in “Federal Deposit Insurance Act.”


86
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The table below presents our actual regulatory capital ratios under Basel III Transitional rules as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. In addition, the table includes pro forma Basel III ratios as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, after full phase-in of all requirements to which we will be subject by January 1, 2019. Based on both current and fully phased-in Basel III requirements, all ratios remain well above current and future Basel III minima:
 
 
Transitional Basel III
 
Pro Forma Basel III Assuming Full Phase-in
(dollars in millions)
Actual Amount
Actual Ratio
Required
Minimum
Well-Capitalized Minimum for Purposes of Prompt Corrective Action
 
Actual Ratio(1)
Required Minimum + Required Capital Conservation Buffer for Non-Leverage Ratios
FDIA Required Well-Capitalized Minimum for Purposes of Prompt Corrective Action
Basel III Transitional as of March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital(2)(6)

$13,570

11.6
%
5.125
%
6.5
%
 
11.6
%
7.0
%
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital(3)(6)
13,817

11.9

6.625

8.0

 
11.8

8.5

8.0

Total capital(4)(6)
17,587

15.1

8.625

10.0

 
15.1

10.5

10.0

Tier 1 leverage(5)
13,817

10.4

4.000

5.0

 
10.4

4.0

5.0

Basel III Transitional as of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital(2)

$13,389

11.7
%
4.5
%
6.5
%
 
11.7
%
7.0
%
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital(3)
13,636

12.0

6.0

8.0

 
11.9

8.5

8.0

Total capital(4)
17,505

15.3

8.0

10.0

 
15.3

10.5

10.0

Tier 1 leverage(5)
13,636

10.5

4.0

5.0

 
10.5

4.0

5.0

(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management - Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of March 31, 2016 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(3) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(4) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(5) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(6) “Minimum Capital ratio” for 2016 includes capital conservation buffer of 0.625%.

Standardized Approach
The Basel III Standardized approach measures risk-weighted assets primarily for market risk and credit risk exposures. Exposures subject to market risk are measured on a basis generally consistent with how market risk-weighted assets were measured using the market risk rules as defined under the Basel 2.5. Refer to “—Market Risk — Market Risk Regulatory Capital,” for further information. CFG applies the Basel III standardized approach, as defined by the U.S. regulators, for determining the assignment of risk-weighted assets. Under the Standardized approach no distinction is made for variations in credit quality for corporate exposures. Additionally, the economic benefit of collateral is restricted to a limited list of eligible securities and cash. We estimate our common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel III Standardized approach, on a fully phased-in basis, to be 11.6% at March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, we estimated that our Basel III Standardized common equity tier 1 capital would be $13.6 billion and total risk-weighted assets would be $116.8 billion, on a fully-phased in basis. Our estimates under the Basel III Standardized approach may be refined over time because of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. banking regulators or as our understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

87
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



A reconciliation of Basel III Standardized Transitional approach to Basel III Standardized estimates on a fully-phased in basis for common equity tier 1 capital, total capital and risk-weighted assets, see the following table.
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
Common equity tier 1 capital

$13,570


$13,389

Impact of intangibles at 100%
(1
)
(2
)
Fully phased-in common equity tier 1 capital(1)

$13,569


$13,387

Total capital

$17,587


$17,505

Impact of intangibles at 100%
(1
)
(2
)
Fully phased in common total capital(1)

$17,586


$17,503

Risk-weighted assets

$116,591


$114,084

Impact of intangibles - 100% capital deduction
(1
)
(2
)
Impact of mortgage servicing assets at 250% risk weight
233

246

Fully phased-in risk-weighted assets(1)

$116,823


$114,328

Transitional common equity tier 1 ratio(2)
11.6
%
11.7
%
Fully phased-in common equity tier 1 ratio(1)(2)
11.6

11.7

Transitional total capital ratio(3)
15.1

15.3

Fully phased-in total capital ratio(1)(3)
15.1

15.3

(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures.
(2) “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of March 31, 2016 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.

Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
The following table presents capital and capital ratio information under Basel III Standardized approach as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FDIA Requirements
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy
 
Classification as “Well Capitalized”
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Basel III Transitional as of March 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital(1)(5)

$13,570

11.6
%
 

$5,975

5.125
%
 

$7,578

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital(2)(5)
13,817

11.9

 
7,724

6.625

 
9,327

8.0

Total capital(3)(5)
17,587

15.1

 
10,056

8.625

 
11,659

10.0

Tier 1 leverage(4)
13,817

10.4

 
5,318

4.000

 
6,648

5.0

Risk-weighted assets
116,591

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
132,951

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel III Transitional as of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital(1)

$13,389

11.7
%
 

$5,134

4.5
%
 

$7,415

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital(2)
13,636

12.0

 
6,845

6.0

 
9,127

8.0

Total capital(3)
17,505

15.3

 
9,127

8.0

 
11,408

10.0

Tier 1 leverage(4)
13,636

10.5

 
5,218

4.0

 
6,523

5.0

Risk-weighted assets
114,084

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
130,455

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of March 31, 2016 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(2) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(4) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(5) “Minimum Capital ratio” for 2016 includes capital conservation buffer of 0.625%.
 
CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $13.6 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $181 million from $13.4 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to net income for three months ended March 31, 2016, net of dividends paid to stockholders and amortization of deferred tax related to goodwill. At March 31, 2016,

88
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



there was approximately $247 million of additional tier 1 capital, reflecting the capital value after issuance costs of the 5.500% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, issued on April 6, 2015. Tier 1 capital at March 31, 2016 was $13.8 billion, an increase of $181 million from $13.6 billion at December 31, 2015. Total capital was $17.6 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $82 million from December 31, 2015 driven primarily by net income, net of dividends paid to stockholders and the repurchase of subordinated debt.
Risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at March 31, 2016 were $116.6 billion, an increase of $2.5 billion as compared to December 31, 2015. The primary drivers for this change were growth in commercial and student loan exposures.
As of March 31, 2016, the tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 6 basis points. This decline reflected the net impact of a $2.5 billion increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets, which drove a 20 basis point decline in the ratio, and the previously noted increase in tier 1 capital, which added 14 basis points to the ratio.
The following table presents our capital composition under the Basel III capital framework in effect for us at March 31, 2016 and at December 31, 2015:
 
Transitional Basel III
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Total common stockholders’ equity

$19,718

 

$19,399

Exclusions(1):
 
 
 
Net unrealized (gains) losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 
 
 
Debt and marketable equity securities available for sale
(96
)
 
28

Derivatives
(35
)
 
(10
)
Unamortized net periodic benefit costs
367

 
369

Deductions:
 
 
 
Goodwill
(6,876
)
 
(6,876
)
Deferred tax liability associated with goodwill
494

 
480

Other intangible assets
(2
)
 
(1
)
Total Common Equity Tier 1
13,570

 
13,389

Qualifying preferred stock
247

 
247

Total Tier 1 Capital
13,817

 
13,636

 
 
 
 
Qualifying long-term debt securities as tier 2
2,488

 
2,595

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,224

 
1,216

Allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet exposure
58

 
58

Total capital

$17,587

 

$17,505

(1) As a Basel III Standardized approach institution, we selected the one-time election to opt out of the requirements to include all the components of AOCI.

Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed regulatory changes that will or may apply to future periods. Key analytical frameworks, which enable the comprehensive assessment of capital adequacy versus unexpected loss, supplement our base case forecast. These supplemental frameworks include integrated stress testing, as well as an internal capital adequacy requirement that builds on internally assessed economic capital requirements. A robust governance framework supports our capital planning process. This process includes capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our comprehensive capital contingency plan and the active engagement of both the legal-entity boards and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy for us and for our banking subsidiaries feed development of capital plans that are submitted to the FRBG and other bank regulators. We prepare these plans in full compliance with the FRBG’s Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRBG’s extensive CCAR review process. In addition to the stress test requirements under CCAR, we also participate in semiannual stress tests required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

89
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan in response to the CCAR process and issued a notice of non-objection. The maximum levels at which we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock through June 30, 2016 are governed by the proposed capital actions and, are subject to actual financial performance, as well as ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements.
Capital Transactions
During the three months ended March 31, 2016, we completed the following capital actions:
•
Repurchased $125 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.023% subordinated notes due 2024 on March 7, 2016;
•
Declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.10 per share, aggregating to a dividend payment of approximately $53 million on February 18, 2016; and
•
Declared a semi-annual dividend of $27.50 per share on the 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, aggregating to a dividend payment of approximately $7 million on April 6, 2016.
We intend to continue to repurchase common stock and subordinated debt, as appropriate, subject to regulatory approval and market conditions. On April 5, 2016, we submitted our 2016 Capital Plan to the Federal Reserve under the CCAR process. By late May or early June, we expect to hear the results of the FRB’s internal stress test and of the FRB’s object/non-object decision to capital actions proposed in this Capital Plan.
At March 31, 2016, all regulatory ratios remained well above their respective fully phased-in Basel III minimum, which includes the capital conservation buffer for the risk-based ratios. Fully phased-in regulatory ratios are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.
Banking Subsidiaries’ Capital
The following table presents our banking subsidiaries’ capital ratios under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:
 
Transitional Basel III
 
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(dollars in millions)
Amount

Ratio
 
Amount

Ratio
Citizens Bank, N.A.
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$10,894

11.7
%
 

$10,754

11.7
%
Tier 1 capital(2)
10,894

11.7

 
10,754

11.7

Total capital(3)
13,259

14.2

 
13,132

14.3

Tier 1 leverage(4)
10,894

10.6

 
10,754

10.7

Risk-weighted assets
93,287

 
 
91,625

 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
102,676

 
 
100,504

 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital(1)

$3,032

12.7
%
 

$3,017

13.0
%
Tier 1 capital(2)
3,032

12.7

 
3,017

13.0

Total capital(3)
3,595

15.1

 
3,559

15.4

Tier 1 leverage(4)
3,032

8.7

 
3,017

9.1

Risk-weighted assets
23,876

 
 
23,179

 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
34,739

 
 
33,045

 
(1) “Common equity tier 1 capital ratio” as of March 31, 2016 represents CET1 divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(2) “Tier 1 capital ratio” is tier 1 capital, which includes CET1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(3) “Total capital ratio” is total capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
(4) “Tier 1 leverage ratio” is tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III Standardized approach.
CBNA CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $10.9 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $140 million from $10.8 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016, net of dividends paid to CFG. At March 31, 2016, CBNA held minimal additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $13.3 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $127 million driven primarily by the increase in CET1 capital.
CBNA risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at March 31, 2016 were $93.3 billion, an increase of $1.7 billion as compared to December 31, 2015. The primary drivers for this change were the growth in commercial

90
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



and student loan exposures. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commitments and the exclusion of market risk RWA because CBNA did not meet the market risk reporting threshold.
As of March 31, 2016, the CBNA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 9 basis points, driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $2.2 billion resulting in a 23 basis point decline in the ratio, partially offset by a 14 basis point increase for higher CET1 capital described above.
CBPA CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $3.0 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $15 million from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to amortization of deferred tax assets related to goodwill, as net income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was largely offset by dividends paid to CFG.
At March 31, 2016, there was no additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $3.6 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $36 million driven primarily by the increase in CET1 capital and an increase in allowance for credit losses.
CBPA risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at March 31, 2016 were $23.9 billion, an increase of $697 million as compared to December 31, 2015. The primary drivers for this change were growth in commercial and student loan exposures, as well as an increase in SoFi commitments.
As of March 31, 2016, the CBPA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 40 basis points, driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $1.7 billion resulting in a 45 basis point decline in the ratio, partially offset by a 5 basis point increase resulting from higher CET1 capital described above.

Liquidity
We define liquidity as an institution’s ability to meet its cash-flow and collateral obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. An institution must maintain current liquidity to meet its expected daily and forecasted cash-flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected (stress scenario) funding requirements. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength.
We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity, including us, CBNA and CBPA.
CFG Liquidity
Our primary sources of cash are (i) dividends and interest received from our banking subsidiaries as a result of investing in bank equity and subordinated debt and (ii) externally issued subordinated debt. Our uses of liquidity include the following: (i) routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including payments of dividends, interest and expenses; (ii) needs of subsidiaries, including our banking subsidiaries, for additional equity and, as required, their needs for debt financing; and (iii) extraordinary requirements for cash.
On March 7, 2016, we utilized excess cash to repurchase $125 million of 4.023% Subordinated Notes due 2024 from RBS.
Our cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs. As of March 31, 2016, we held cash and cash equivalents of approximately $394 million, which should be viewed as a liquidity reserve.
Our liquidity risk is low for the following reasons: (i) we have no material non-banking subsidiaries, and our banking subsidiaries are self-funding; (ii) we have no outstanding senior debt at the CFG level; (iii) the capital structures of our banking subsidiaries are similar to our capital structure. As of March 31, 2016, our double leverage ratio (the combined equity of our subsidiaries divided by our equity) was 101.2%; and, (iv) our other cash flow requirements, such as operating expenses, are relatively small.
Banking Subsidiaries’ Liquidity
In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA and CBPA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include (i) deposits from our consumer and commercial franchise customers; (ii) payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and (iii) wholesale borrowings, as needed, and as described under “—Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include (i) withdrawals and maturities of deposits; (ii) payment of interest on deposits; (iii) funding of loan commitments; and (iv) funding of securities purchases. To the extent that the banks have relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
Our banking subsidiaries’ major businesses involve taking deposits and making loans. Hence, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds from deposits and loans. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary.

91
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



From an external issuance perspective, during 2014, we created a $3.0 billion Global Note Program for CBNA. This debt represents a key source of unsecured, term, and stable funding, further diversifies the funding sources of CBNA, and creates a more peer-like funding structure for the consolidated enterprise. On March 14, 2016, we increased the size of this program from $3 billion to $5 billion, and CBNA issued $750 million in three-year fixed-rate scenario notes. Preceding this issuance, CBNA issued $750 million in three-year fixed-rate senior notes on December 3, 2015, and $1.5 billion in senior notes, consisting of $750 million of three-year fixed-rate notes and $750 million in five-year fixed-rate notes on December 1, 2014.
Liquidity Risk
We define liquidity risk as the risk that an entity will be unable to meet its payment obligations in a timely manner. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated enterprise level, and for each material legal entity including us, CBNA and CBPA. Liquidity risk can arise due to contingent liquidity risk and/or funding liquidity risk.
Contingent liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions may reduce an entity’s ability to liquidate, pledge and/or finance certain assets and thereby substantially reduce the liquidity value of such assets. Drivers of contingent liquidity risk include general market disruptions as well as specific issues regarding the credit quality and/or valuation of a security or loan, issuer or borrower and/or asset class.
Funding liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions and/or entity-specific events may reduce an entity’s ability to raise funds from depositors and/or wholesale market counterparties. Drivers of funding liquidity risk may be idiosyncratic or systemic, reflecting impediments to operations and/or undermining of market confidence.
Factors Affecting Liquidity
Given the composition of their assets and borrowing sources, contingent liquidity at both CBNA and CBPA would be materially affected by such events as deterioration of financing markets for high-quality securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities and other instruments issued by the GNMA, FNMA and the FHLMC), by any inability of the FHLBs to provide collateralized advances, and/or by a refusal of the FRB to act as lender of last resort in systemic stress. Similarly, given the structure of their balance sheets, the funding liquidity of CBNA and CBPA would be materially affected by an adverse idiosyncratic event (e.g., a major loss, causing a perceived or actual deterioration in its financial condition), an adverse systemic event (e.g., default or bankruptcy of a significant capital markets participant), or a combination of both (e.g., the financial crisis of 2008-2010). However, during the financial crisis, our banking subsidiaries reduced their dependence on unsecured wholesale funding to virtually zero. Consequently, and despite ongoing exposure to a variety of idiosyncratic and systemic events, we view our funding liquidity risk to be relatively modest.
An additional variable affecting our access, and the access of our banking subsidiaries, to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large denomination (i.e., uninsured) customer deposits is the credit ratings assigned by such agencies as Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch. The following table presents our credit ratings:
 
 
March 31, 2016
 
 
Moody’s  
 
Standard and
Poor’s
 
Fitch  
 
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
NR
 
BBB+
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
NR
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Subordinated debt
NR
 
BBB
 
BBB
 
Preferred Stock
NR
 
BB+
 
BB-
 
Citizens Bank, N.A.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
Baa1
 
A-
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
P-2
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Long-term deposits
A1
 
NR
 
A-
 
Short-term deposits
P-1
 
NR
 
F2
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
Baa1
 
A-
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
P-2
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Long-term deposits
A1
 
NR
 
A-
 
Short-term deposits
P-1
 
NR
 
F2
 
 NR = Not rated
 
 
 
 
 

92
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding. As a result and in order to maintain a conservative funding profile, our banking subsidiaries continue to minimize reliance on unsecured wholesale funding. At March 31, 2016, the majority of wholesale funding consisted of secured borrowings from the FHLBs collateralized by high-quality residential mortgage collateral. At March 31, 2016, we had no outstanding short-term, unsecured and credit-sensitive wholesale funding.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRBG, the OCC, and the FDIC regularly evaluate our liquidity as part of the overall supervisory process, and the U.S. version of the LCR was effective for CFG beginning January 2016.
The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. In September 2014, the U.S. federal banking regulators published the final rule to implement the LCR. This rule also introduced a modified version of the LCR in the United States, which generally applies to BHCs not active internationally (institutions with less than $10 billion of on-balance sheet foreign exposure), with total assets of greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion. Under this definition, we are designated as a modified LCR company. As compared to the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, the version of the LCR issued by the U.S. federal banking regulators includes a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule that began on January 1, 2015 and ends on January 1, 2017. Notably, as a modified LCR company, we were required to be 90% compliant beginning in January 2016, and 100% compliant beginning in January 2017. Achieving sustainable LCR compliance may require changes in the size and/or composition of our investment portfolio, the configuration of our discretionary wholesale funding portfolio, and our average cash position. We have been fully compliant with the LCR since its January 2016 effective date, up through and including March 31, 2016.
The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies have issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to implement a modified NSFR for certain bank holding companies with more than $50 billion but less than $250 billion in assets and with less than $10 billion in on-balance sheet foreign exposures. Under this definition, we would be designated as a modified NSFR company. The NSFR is one of the two Basel III-based liquidity measures, along with the LCR, and is designed to promote medium- and long-term stable funding of the assets and off-balance sheet activities of banks and bank holding companies over a one-year time horizon. Generally consistent with the Basel Committee’s framework, under the proposed rule banking organizations would be required to hold an amount of available stable funding (“ASF”) over a one-year time horizon that equals or exceeds the institution’s amount of required stable funding (“RSF”), with the ASF representing the numerator and the RSF representing the denominator of the NSFR. Banking organizations subject to the modified NSFR would multiply the RSF amount by 70%, such that the RSF amount required for these companies would be equivalent to 70% of the RSF amount that would be required pursuant to the full NSFR generally applicable to institutions with more than $250 billion in total assets or $10 billion or more in on-balance sheet foreign exposures under the proposed rule. The proposed rule includes detailed descriptions of the items that would comprise ASF and RSF and standardized factors that would apply to ASF and RSF items, and would require any institution whose applicable modified NSFR falls under 100% to notify the appropriate federal regulator and develop a remediation plan.
We are currently evaluating the impact of the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies’ NSFR framework. If ultimately adopted as currently proposed, the implementation of the NSFR could impact our liquidity and funding requirements and practices in the future, including by incentivizing increased use of long-term debt as a funding source.
We continue to review and monitor these liquidity requirements to develop appropriate implementation plans and liquidity strategies. We expect to be fully compliant with the final rules on or prior to the applicable effective date.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity Unit within our Treasury unit in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset and Liability Management Committee. In managing liquidity risk, the Funding and Liquidity Unit delivers regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.
The mission of our Funding and Liquidity Unit is to deliver prudent levels of current, projected and contingent liquidity from stable sources, in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost, without significant adverse consequences.
We seek to accomplish this mission by funding loans with stable deposits; by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding; and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities.

93
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



As of March 31, 2016:
•
Core deposits, including loans and deposits held for sale, continued to be our primary source of funding and our consolidated period end loan-to-deposit ratio was 99.2%;
•
There was no outstanding short-term unsecured wholesale funding, and our net overnight position (which is defined as excess cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Banks plus federal funds sold minus federal funds purchased) totaled $1.0 billion;
•
Contingent liquidity was $21.9 billion; net overnight position (defined above), totaled $1.0 billion; unencumbered liquid securities totaled $17.4 billion; and available FHLB capacity primarily secured by mortgage loans totaled $3.5 billion; and
•
Available discount window capacity, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve based on identified collateral, is secured by non-mortgage commercial and consumer loans and totaled $10.7 billion. Use of this borrowing capacity would likely be considered only during exigent circumstances.
    
The Funding and Liquidity Unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding early warning indicators and metrics, including specific risk thresholds and limits. The early warning indicators include both the internal and external environment, providing both an inside-out and an outside-in risk perspective. The metrics are broadly classified as follows:
•
Current liquidity sources and capacities, including excess cash at the Federal Reserve Banks, free and liquid securities and available and secured FHLB borrowing capacity;
•
Contingent stressed liquidity, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stress scenarios, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements such as the LCR and the NSFR; and
•
Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored for each of us, our banking subsidiaries, and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including net overnight position, unencumbered securities, internal liquidity, available FHLB borrowing capacity and total contingent liquidity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Cash flows from operating activities contributed $374 million in the first quarter of 2016. Net cash used by investing activities was $2.3 billion, primarily reflecting a net increase in loans and leases of $2.4 billion and securities available for sale portfolio purchases of $706 million, partially offset by proceeds from maturities, paydowns and sales of securities available for sale of $926 million. Cash provided by financing activities was $717 million, driven by proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowed funds of $750 million, and a net increase in other short-term borrowed funds of $670 million, partially offset by repayments of long-term borrowed funds of $629 million. These activities represented a cumulative decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $1.2 billion, which, when added to the cash and cash equivalents balance of $3.1 billion at the beginning of the year, resulted in an ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of $1.9 billion as of March 31, 2016.
In the first quarter 2015, our operating activities contributed $98 million in net cash, reflecting an increase in other assets compared to the first quarter 2014. Net cash used by investing activities was $1.7 billion, primarily reflecting net securities available for sale portfolio purchases of $2.2 billion and a net increase in loans and leases of $1.2 billion, partially offset by proceeds from maturities, paydowns and sales of securities available for sale of $2.0 billion. Cash provided by financing activities was $3.4 billion, driven by a net increase in deposits of $3.3 billion. These activities represented a cumulative increase in cash and cash equivalents of $1.7 billion, which, when added to the cash and cash equivalents balance of $3.3 billion at the beginning of the year, resulted in an ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of $5.0 billion as of March 31, 2015.

94
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Off-Balance Sheet Commitments
The following table presents our outstanding off-balance sheet commitments. See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Change

 
Percent

Commitment amount:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Undrawn commitments to extend credit

$56,989

 

$56,524

 

$465

 
1
%
Financial standby letters of credit
1,921

 
2,010

 
(89
)
 
(4
)
Performance letters of credit
41

 
42

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Commercial letters of credit
63

 
87

 
(24
)
 
(28
)
Marketing rights
47

 
47

 
—

 
—

Risk participation agreements
53

 
26

 
27

 
104

Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
10

 
10

 
—

 
—

Total

$59,124

 

$58,746

 

$378

 
1
%

In November 2015, we entered into an agreement with RBS to purchase $500 million of our subordinated notes held by RBS by July 30, 2016, subject to regulatory approval and rating agency considerations. See Note 13 “Related Party Transactions and Significant Transactions with RBS,” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
On January 7, 2016, we entered into an agreement to purchase student loans on a quarterly basis beginning with the first calendar quarter in 2016 and ending with the fourth calendar quarter in 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, we committed to purchase a minimum of $125 million of loans per quarter. The minimum and maximum amount of the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans under the terms of the agreement are $500 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. The agreement will terminate immediately if at any time during its term the aggregate purchase principal balance of loans equals the maximum amount. The agreement may be extended by written agreement of the parties for an additional four quarters. We may terminate the agreement at will with payment of a termination fee equal to the product of $1 million times the number of calendar quarters remaining in the term.     
Our agreement to purchase automobile loans, originally entered into in May 2014, was most recently amended on January 15, 2016. For quarterly periods on or after August 1, 2015, the minimum and maximum purchases are $50 million and $200 million, respectively. The agreement automatically renews until terminated by either party. We may cancel the agreement at will with payment of a variable termination fee. There is no termination fee after May 2017.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this report, are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. The most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below.
See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Management’s estimate of probable losses in our loan and lease portfolios including unfunded lending commitments is recorded in the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of such estimates is based on a periodic evaluation of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded credit facilities, as well as other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates and judgments of underlying factors, all of which are susceptible to change.

95
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



The ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments could be affected by a variety of internal and external factors. Internal factors include portfolio performance such as delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, the mix and level of loan balances, differing economic risks associated with each loan category and the financial condition of specific borrowers. External factors include fluctuations in the general economy, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings, developments within a particular industry, changes in collateral values and factors particular to a specific commercial credit such as competition, business and management performance. The ALLL may be adjusted to reflect our current assessment of various qualitative risks, factors and events that may not be measured in our statistical procedures. There is no certainty that the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments will be appropriate over time to cover losses because of unanticipated adverse changes in any of these internal, external or qualitative factors.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the commercial, commercial real estate, and lease ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is primarily based on risk rating models that assess probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. The models are primarily driven by individual customer financial characteristics and are validated against historical experience. Additionally, qualitative factors may be included in the risk rating models. After the aggregation of individual borrower incurred loss, additional overlays can be made based on back-testing against historical losses and forward loss curve ratios.
For nonaccruing commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $3 million or greater and for all commercial and commercial real estate TDRs (regardless of size), we conduct specific analysis on a loan level basis to determine the probable amount of credit loss. If appropriate, a specific ALLL is established for the loan through a charge to the provision for credit losses. For all classes of impaired loans, individual loan measures of impairment may result in a charge-off to the ALLL, if deemed appropriate. In such cases, the provision for credit losses is not affected when a specific reserve for at least that amount already exists. Techniques utilized include comparing the loan’s carrying amount to the estimated present value of its future cash flows, the fair value of its underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. The technique applied to each impaired loan is based on the workout officer’s opinion of the most probable workout scenario. Historically, this has generally led to the use of the estimated present value of future cash flows approach. The fair value of underlying collateral will be used if the loan is deemed collateral dependent. For loans that use the fair value of underlying collateral approach, a charge-off assessment is performed quarterly to write the loans down to fair value.
For most non-impaired retail loan portfolio types, the ALLL is based upon the incurred loss model utilizing the PD, LGD and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. When developing these factors, we may consider the loan product and collateral type, LTV ratio, lien position, borrower’s credit, time outstanding, geographic location, delinquency status and incurred loss period. Incurred loss periods are reviewed and updated at least annually, and potentially more frequently when economic situations change rapidly, as they tend to fluctuate with economic cycles. Incurred loss periods are generally longer in good economic times and shorter in bad times. Certain retail portfolios, including SBO home equity loans, student loans, and credit card receivables utilize roll rate models to estimate the ALLL. For the portfolios measured using the incurred loss model, roll rate models are also used to support management overlays if deemed necessary.
For home equity lines and loans, a number of factors impact the PD. Specifically, the borrower’s current FICO score, the utilization rate, delinquency statistics, borrower income, current CLTV ratio and months on books are all used to assess the borrower’s creditworthiness. Similarly, the loss severity is also impacted by various factors, including the utilization rate, the CLTV ratio, the lien position, the Housing Price Index change for the location (as measured by the Case-Shiller index), months on books and current loan balance.
When we are not in a first lien position, we use delinquency information on the first lien exposures obtained from third-party credit information providers in the credit assessment. For all first liens, whether owned by a third party or by us, an additional assessment is performed on a quarterly basis. In this assessment, the most recent three months’ performance of the senior liens is reviewed for delinquency (90 days or more past due), modification, foreclosure and/or bankruptcy statuses. If any derogatory status is present, the junior lien will be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of its delinquency status on our books. This subsequent change to nonaccrual status will alter the treatment in the PD model, thus affecting the reserve calculation.
In addition, the first lien exposure is combined with the second lien exposure to generate a CLTV. The CLTV is a more accurate reflection of the leverage of the borrower against the property value, as compared to the LTV from just the junior lien(s). The CLTV is used for modeling both the junior lien PD and LGD. This also impacts the ALLL rates for the junior lien HELOCs.
The above measures are all used to assess the PD and LGD for HELOC borrowers for whom we originated the loans. There is also a portfolio of home equity products that were originated and serviced by others; however, we currently service some of the loans in this portfolio. The SBO portfolio is modeled as a separate class and the reserves for this class are generated by using the delinquency roll rate models as described below.
For retail TDRs that are not collateral-dependent, allowances are developed using the present value of expected future cash flows, compared to the recorded investment in the loans. Expected re-default factors are considered in this analysis. Retail

96
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



TDRs that are deemed collateral-dependent are written down to the fair market value of the collateral less costs to sell. The fair value of collateral is periodically monitored subsequent to the modification.
Changes in the levels of estimated losses, even if minor, can significantly affect management’s determination of an appropriate ALLL. For consumer loans, losses are affected by such factors as loss severity, collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. A 1% and 5% increase in the estimated loss rate for consumer loans at December 31, 2015 would have increased the ALLL by $5 million and $26 million, respectively. The ALLL for our Commercial Banking segment is sensitive to assigned credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates. If 10% and 20% of the December 31, 2015 year end loan balances (including unfunded commitments) within each risk rating category of our Commercial Banking segment had experienced downgrades of two risk categories, the ALLL would have increased by $36 million and $72 million, respectively.
Commercial loans and leases are charged off to the ALLL when there is little prospect of collecting either principal or interest. Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases usually involve receipt of borrower-specific adverse information. For commercial collateral-dependent loans, an appraisal or other valuation is used to quantify a shortfall between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment in the commercial loan. Retail loan charge-offs are generally based on established delinquency thresholds rather than borrower-specific adverse information. When a loan is collateral-dependent, any shortfalls between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment is promptly charged off. Placing any loan or lease on nonaccrual status does not by itself require a partial or total charge-off; however, any identified losses are charged off at that time.
For additional information regarding the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets and Concentrations of Credit Risk,” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Fair Value
We measure fair value using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices in an active market, where available. If quoted prices are not available, observable market-based inputs or independently sourced parameters are used to develop fair value, whenever possible. Such inputs may include prices of similar assets or liabilities, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds and foreign exchange rates.
We classify our assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in accordance with the three-level valuation hierarchy:
•
Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•
Level 2. Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
•
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market information and that are significant to the fair value measurement.
Classification in the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. For instruments classified in Level 1 and 2 where inputs are primarily based upon observable market data, there is less judgment applied in arriving at the fair value. For instruments classified in Level 3, management judgment is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
Significant assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include our mortgage-backed securities available for sale. These instruments are priced using an external pricing service and are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The service’s pricing models use predominantly observable valuation inputs to measure the fair value of these securities under both the market and income approaches. The pricing service utilizes a matrix pricing methodology to price our U.S. agency pass-through securities, which involves making adjustments to to-be-announced security prices based on a matrix of various mortgage-backed securities characteristics such as weighted-average maturities, indices and other pool-level information. Other agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities are priced using a discounted cash flow methodology. This methodology includes estimating the cash flows expected to be received for each security using projected prepayment speeds and default rates based on historical statistics of the underlying collateral and current market conventions. These estimated cash flows are then discounted using market-based discount rates that incorporate characteristics such as average life, volatility, ratings, performance of the underlying collateral, and prevailing market conditions.
We review and update the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs in fair value measurements may result in a reclassification between the fair value hierarchy levels and are recognized based on year-end balances. We also verify the accuracy of the pricing provided by our primary external

97
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide valuations for our securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any securities with discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if necessary, valued by an independent outside broker.
Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include mortgage servicing rights accounted for by the amortization method, loan impairments for certain loans and goodwill.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 2 “Securities,” Note 6 “Mortgage Banking,” and Note 11 “Derivatives” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Goodwill
Goodwill is an asset that represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. A reporting unit is a business operating segment or a component of a business operating segment. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.
The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.
We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31 or more often if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one or more reporting units is below its carrying value. We rely on the income approach (discounted cash flow method) as the primary method for determining fair value. Market-based methods are used as benchmarks to corroborate the value determined by the discounted cash flow method.
We rely on several assumptions when estimating the fair value of our reporting units using the discounted cash flow method. These assumptions include the current discount rate, as well as projected loan losses, income taxes and capital retention rates. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta and unsystematic risk and size premium adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated on the assessment of the risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit. Multi-year financial forecasts are developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit was estimated based on management’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as gross domestic product and inflation.
We corroborate the fair value of our reporting units determined by the discounted cash flow method using market-based methods: a comparable company method and a comparable transaction method. The comparable company method measures fair value of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. This involves identifying and selecting the comparable companies based on a number of factors (i.e., size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment), calculating the market multiples (i.e., price-to-tangible book value, price-to-cash earnings and price-to-net income) of these comparable companies and then applying these multiples to our operating results to estimate the value of the reporting unit’s equity on a marketable, minority basis. A control premium is then applied to this value to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit on a marketable, controlling basis. The comparable transaction method measures fair value of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in public or private companies currently offered for sale. The

98
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



process involves comparison and correlation of us with other similar companies. Adjustments for differences in factors described earlier (i.e., size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment) are also considered.
As a best practice, we also corroborate the fair value of our reporting units determined by the discounted cash flow method by adding the aggregated sum of these fair value measurements to the fair value of our non-segment operations and comparing this total to our observed market capitalization. As part of this process, we analyze the implied control premium to evaluate its reasonableness. All facts and circumstances are considered when completing this analysis, including observed transaction data and any additional external evidence supporting the implied control premium. Since none of our reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to CFG’s common stock price. The sum of the fair values of the reporting units at October 31, 2015 exceeded the overall market capitalization of CFG as of October 31, 2015. Although we believe it is reasonable to conclude that market capitalization could be an indicator of fair value over time, we do not believe that our current market capitalization reflects the aggregate fair value of our individual reporting units.
The valuation of goodwill is dependent on forward-looking expectations related to the performance of the U.S. economy and our associated financial performance. The prolonged delay in the full recovery of the U.S. economy, and the impact of that delay on earnings expectations, prompted a goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2013. Although the U.S. economy has demonstrated signs of recovery, notably improvements in unemployment and housing, the pace and extent of recovery in these indicators, as well as in overall gross domestic product, have lagged previous expectations. The impact of the slow recovery is most evident in our Consumer Banking reporting unit. Accordingly, the percentage by which the estimated fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value declined from 7% at December 31, 2011 to 5% at December 31, 2012.
During the first half of 2013, we observed further deceleration of expected growth for our Consumer Banking reporting unit’s future profits based on forecasted economic growth for the U.S. economy and the continuing impact of the new regulatory framework in the financial industry. This deceleration was incorporated into our revised earnings forecast in the second quarter of 2013, and we subsequently concluded that there was a likelihood of greater than 50% that goodwill impairment had occurred as of June 30, 2013.
An interim goodwill impairment test was subsequently performed for our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. Step One of these tests indicated that (1) the fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit was less than its carrying value by 19% and (2) the fair value of our Commercial Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 27%. Step Two of the goodwill impairment test was subsequently performed for our Consumer Banking reporting unit, which resulted in the recognition of a pre-tax $4.4 billion impairment charge in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period ending June 30, 2013. The impairment charge, which was a non-cash item, had minimal impact on our tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios. The impairment charge had no impact on our liquidity position or tangible common equity.
We performed an annual test for impairment of goodwill for both reporting units as of October 31, 2015. As of this testing date, the percentage by which the fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value was 6%, and the percentage by which the fair value of our Commercial Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value was 8%.
We based the fair value estimates used in our annual goodwill impairment testing on assumptions we believe to be representative of assumptions that a market participant would use in valuing the reporting units but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain, including estimates of future growth rates and operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate and the competitive environment for our reporting units. There can be no assurances that future estimates and assumptions made for purposes of goodwill testing will prove accurate predictions of the future. If the assumptions regarding business plans, competitive environments, market conditions or anticipated growth rates are not achieved, or a market participant view of our total fair value declines, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods.
For additional information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 9 “Goodwill,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

99
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Income Taxes
Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and reflect our estimate of income taxes to be paid or that effectively have been prepaid. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or that effectively have been prepaid, and the net balance is reported as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We determine the realization of the deferred tax asset based upon an evaluation of the four possible sources of taxable income: (1) the future reversals of taxable temporary differences; (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (3) taxable income in prior carryback years; and (4) tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, we utilize forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjust for the estimated book tax differences and incorporate assumptions, including the amount of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. These assumptions require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage the underlying businesses. The realization of the deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if these estimates are significantly different than forecasted.
We are subject to income tax in the United States and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in a range of outcomes. Thus, we are required to exercise judgment regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. We evaluate and recognize tax liabilities related to any tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may differ from the current estimate of tax liabilities or refunds.
Our estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and Note 10 “Income Taxes,” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Risk Governance
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable the Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The key committees that specifically consider risk across the enterprise are set out in the diagram below.


100
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Chief Risk Officer
The CRO directs our overall risk management function overseeing the credit, interest rate, market, liquidity, operational, compliance, strategic and reputational risk management. The CRO reports to our CEO and to the Board Risk Committee.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines (including their associated support functions) are the First Line of Defense and are accountable for owning and managing, within our defined risk appetite, the risks which exist in their respective business areas. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures and establishing and owning a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The Second Line of Defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for developing and ensuring implementation of risk and control frameworks and related policies. This centralized risk function is appropriately independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks. This risk function utilizes training, communications and awareness to provide expert support and advice to the business lines. This includes interpreting the risk policy standards and risk management framework, overseeing compliance by the businesses with policies and responsibilities, including providing relevant management information and escalating concerns where appropriate.
The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the CRO, actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the Third Line of Defense providing independent assurance with a view of the effectiveness of Citizens’ internal controls, governance practices, and culture so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to any and all Bank records, physical properties, and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to Citizens’ Audit Committees on a quarterly basis.
Credit Quality Assurance also reports to the Chief Audit Executive and also provides the Boards, senior management and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Quality Assurance function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we would either be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations or would assume an unacceptable amount of risk to do so. The Board Risk Committee advises our Board of Directors in relation to current and potential future risk strategies, including determination of risk appetite and tolerance.
The principal non-market risks to which we are subject are: credit risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, strategic risk and reputational risk. We are also subject to market risks. Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. We are also subject to liquidity risk, discussed under “—Liquidity.”
Our risk appetite framework and risk limit structure establishes guidelines to determine the balance between existing and desired levels of risk and supports the implementation, measurement and management of our risk appetite.

101
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval, and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The credit risk management organization is responsible for approving credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem loans, and ensuring remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the line of business and the second line of defense. The second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all of our credit risk. The CCO reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The CCO, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits, and authority delegation. The CCO and his team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger or more risky transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the CCO are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking; Business Banking; Commercial Banking; Citizens Restructuring Management; Portfolio Analytics and Reporting; and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of highly experienced credit professionals.
The credit risk teams operate independently from the business lines to ensure decisions are not influenced by unbalanced objectives.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material issues or changes are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval as appropriate.
Key Management Processes
To ensure credit risks are managed within our risk appetite and business and risk strategies are achieved, we employ a comprehensive and integrated control program. The program’s objective is to proactively (1) identify, (2) measure, (3) monitor, and (4) mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit lifecycle (origination, account management/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery).
Consumer
On the consumer banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the lifecycle of the loan. Starting at origination, credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant. These models are embedded in the loan origination system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. Periodic validations are performed on our purchased and proprietary scores to ensure fit for purpose. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
The origination process is supported by dedicated underwriting teams that reside in the business line. The size of each team depends on the intensity of the approval process as the number of handoffs, documentation, and verification requirements differ substantially depending on the loan product.
To ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams, lending authority is granted by the second line of defense credit risk function to each underwriter. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk team are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies when compensating factors are present. There are exception limits which, when reached, trigger a comprehensive analysis.

102
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Once an account is established, credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals to allow for proactive identification of increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. For accounts with contingent liability (revolving feature), credit policies have been developed that leverage the refreshed customer data to determine if a credit line should be increased, decreased, frozen, or closed. Lastly, behavioral modeling, segmentation, and loan modifications are used to cure delinquency, reduce the severity of loss, and maximize recoveries. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated, to ensure consistency and efficiency.
The credit risk team is constantly evaluating current and projected economic conditions, internal credit performance in relation to budget and predefined risk tolerances, and current and expected regulatory guidance to determine the optimal balance of expansion and contraction policies. All policy change proposals receive intense scrutiny and discussion prior to approval and implementation. This process ensures decisions are made based on risk-based analytics with full adherence to regulatory requirements.
Commercial
On the commercial banking side of credit risk, the structure is broken into C&I loans and leases and CRE. Within C&I there are separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology, mid-corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial credit risk management begins with defined credit products and policies.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of Credit Grades that confirm the Probability of Default (“PD”) and Loss Given Default (“LGD”). Approval then requires both a business line approver and an independent Credit Approver with the requisite level of delegated authority. The approval level of a particular credit facility is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD. The checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and regularly updated.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Quality Assurance group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry (sector), loan type (asset class), and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary markets (for this purpose defined as our 11 state footprint plus contiguous states), although we do engage in lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives.
Apart from Industrials and CRE (which together make up 30% of the commercial outstandings as of March 31, 2016), there are no material sector concentrations. As of March 31, 2016, our CRE outstandings amounted to 9% of total loans and leases. The Industrial sector includes basic C&I lending focused on general manufacturing. The sector is diversified and not managed as a specialized vertical. Our customers are local to our market and present no significant concentration.
Our credit grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment. Our assessment of a borrower’s credit strength is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which are also an integral component of our ALLL methodology. When deterioration in credit strength is noted, a loan becomes subject to Watch Review. The Watch Review process involves senior representatives from the business line portfolio management team, the independent Credit Risk team, and our Citizens Restructuring Management group. As appropriate and consistent with regulatory definitions, the credit may be subject to classification as either Criticized or Classified, which would also trigger a credit rating downgrade. As such, the loan and relationship would be subject to more frequent review.

103
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by Citizens Restructuring Management, a specialized group of credit professionals that handles the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, determining the appropriateness of specific reserves relating to the loan, accrual status of the loan, and the ultimate collectability of loans in their portfolio.
Market Risk
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit-gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks.
Non-Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk as a result of non-trading banking activities. This market risk is composed entirely of interest rate risk, as we have no direct currency or commodity risk and de minimis equity risk. This interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.” Our mortgage servicing rights assets also contain interest rate risk as the value of the fee stream is impacted by the level of long-term interest rates.
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets, on the one hand, and liabilities and equity, on the other. First, there are differences in the timing of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a residential mortgage may be fixed for 30 years; the rate paid on a certificate of deposit may be fixed only for a few months. Due to these timing differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in the level and shape of the yield curve. Second, there are differences in the drivers of rate changes of various assets and liabilities. For example, commercial loans may reprice based on one-month LIBOR or prime; the rate paid on retail money market demand accounts may be only loosely correlated with LIBOR and depend on competitive demand for funds. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty; and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating rate loans relative to the retail deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is concentrated at the short end of the yield curve. For the past seven years with the Federal Funds rate near zero, this risk has been asymmetrical with significantly more upside benefit than potential exposure. Exposure to declining rates has lessened modestly in the first quarter given decreased market expectations for additional FOMC actions. The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed rate loans as well as the prepayment risk on mortgage related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within this risk appetite, we must both measure the exposure and, as necessary, hedge it. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on the structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary method that we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. The most material of these behavioral assumptions relate to the repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments. Assessments are periodically made by running sensitivity analysis of the impact of key assumptions. The results of these analyses are reported to ALCO.
As the future path of interest rates cannot be known in advance, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario as well as a variety of deliberately extreme and perhaps unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate

104
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Exposures are measured as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous, or gradual parallel +/- 200 basis point moves in benchmark interest rates. The net interest income simulation analyses do not include possible future actions that management might undertake to mitigate this risk. The current limit is a decrease in net interest income of 10% related to an instantaneous +/- 200 basis point move. As the table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset-sensitive: net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates. Exposure to a decline in interest rates is well within limit. It should be noted that the magnitude of any possible decline in interest rates is constrained by the low absolute starting levels of rates. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would likely be more gradual and would therefore have a more modest impact.
The table below summarizes our positioning in various parallel yield curve shifts:
 
Estimated % Change in
Net Interest Income over 12 Months
Basis points
March 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
 
 
 
+200
13.7
 %
 
10.6
 %
+100
7.0

 
5.8

-100
(4.9
)
 
(5.8
)
-200
(5.1
)
 
(6.4
)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
 
 
 

+200
6.9

 
6.1

+100
3.5

 
3.2

-100
(3.3
)
 
(3.1
)
-200
(4.4
)
 
(4.6
)
As part of the routine risk management process, a wide variety of similar analysis are reported for each of the next three rolling years.
We also use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”), as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuation in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital. The current risk limit is set at a decrease of 20% of regulatory capital given an instantaneous +/- 200 basis point change in interest rates. We are operating within that limit as of March 31, 2016.
We are asset sensitive and as such are positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates. We have consistently maintained the level of overall asset sensitivity in a tight range of 6.1% to 7.2% over the past year, as defined by the +200 gradual change. Quarter over quarter, the level of asset sensitivity has increased toward the higher end of the range. The increase is primarily attributable to the unwinding of $3 billion of receive-fixed interest rate swaps in February 2016 to take advantage of market conditions.
We also had market risk associated with the value of the mortgage servicing right assets, which are impacted by the level of interest rates. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, our mortgage servicing rights had a book value of $155 million and $164 million, respectively, and were carried at the lower of cost or fair value. As of March 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights was $168 million and $178 million respectively. Given low interest rates over recent years, there is a valuation allowance of $14 million and $9 million on the asset as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Depending on the interest rate environment, hedges may be used to stabilize the market value of the mortgage servicing right asset.
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products. Exposure is created as a result of changes in interest rates and related basis spreads and volatility, foreign exchange rates,

105
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



and credit spreads on a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange and secondary loans instruments. These trading activities are conducted through our two banking subsidiaries, CBNA and CBPA.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. We will occasionally execute hedges against the spread that exists across the client facing trade and its offset in the market to maintain a low risk profile. In addition to the aforementioned activities, we operate a secondary loan trading desk with the objective to meet secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any trading activities with the intent to benefit from short term price differences.
We record interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts as derivative assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Trading assets and liabilities are carried at fair value with income earned related to these activities included in net interest income. Changes in fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in other income, a component of noninterest income on the unaudited interim Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Market Risk Governance
Our market risk framework currently leverages RBS technology platform to aggregate, measure and monitor exposure against market risk limits. As part of our separation from RBS, we have entered into a Transitional Services Agreement pursuant to which RBS will continue to provide us with all necessary VaR and other risk measurements required for regulatory reporting related to interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange trading activities, as well as internal market risk reporting until the end of the Transitional Services Agreement. During the term of the Transitional Services Agreement, we are building out our own market risk organization and framework in order to gradually migrate away from reliance on services provided by RBS.
Given the low level of traded market risk, we have received the support of our U.S. banking regulators for relying on RBS’ market risk technology platform. In managing our market risk, dealing authorities represent a key control in the management of market risk by setting the scope within which the business is permitted to operate. Dealing authorities are established jointly by designated senior business line and senior risk manager, and are reviewed at least annually. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate the client facing trades, market offset trades and sets of hedges needed to maintain a low risk profile. Primary responsibility for keeping within established tolerances resides with the business. Key risk indicators, including a combined VaR for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, are monitored on a daily basis and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to relevant business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR metrics, complemented with sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing in measuring market risk. During the term of the Transition Services Agreement, we will continue to leverage RBS market risk measurement models for our foreign exchange and interest rate products, which are described further below, that capture correlation effects and allow for aggregation of market risk across risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure and monitor market risk for both management and regulatory capital purposes.
Value-at-Risk Overview
    The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain broadly unaltered over the course of a given holding period. It is assumed that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. VaR’s benefit is that it captures the historic correlations of a portfolio. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading desk’s Specific Risk capital which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. In addition, for our secondary traded loans we calculate the VaR on the general interest rate risk embedded within the loans using a standalone model that replicates The general VaR methodology (the related capital is reflected on the “de minimis” line in the following section). The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure (used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits) is a 99% confidence level with a one day holding period, meaning that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is done at a 99% confidence level with a 10-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a 10 business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our 10-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, including high, low, average and period end Value-at-Risk for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, as well as total VaR.

106
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



Market Risk Regulatory Capital
Effective January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators adopted “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk” as the regulations covering the calculation of market risk capital (the “Market Risk Rule”). The Market Risk Rule, commonly known as Basel 2.5, substantially modified the determination of market risk-weighted assets and implemented a more risk sensitive methodology for the risk inherent in certain trading positions categorized as “covered positions.” For the purposes of the market risk rule, all of our client facing trades, market offset trades and sets of hedges needed to maintain a low risk profile to qualify as “covered positions.” The internal VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR. The following table shows the results of our modeled and non-modeled measures for regulatory capital calculations:
(in millions)
 
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2016
 
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2015
Market Risk Category 
 
Period End
 
Average 
 
High
 
Low
 
Period End
 
Average
 
High
 
Low
Interest Rate
 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

Foreign Exchange Currency Rate
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Diversification Benefit
 
—

 
—

 
NM(1)

 
NM(1)

 
—

 
—

 
NM(1)

 
NM(1)

General VaR
 
—

 
—

 
1

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Specific Risk VaR
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total VaR
 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 
—

 

$—

Stressed General VaR
 

$2

 

$3

 

$5

 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$1

Stressed Specific Risk VaR
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total Stressed VaR
 

$2

 

$3

 

$5

 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$1

Market Risk Regulatory Capital
 

$11

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

$7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on
 
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
de Minimis Exposure Add-on
 
13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital
 

$29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

$27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Risk-Weighted Assets
 

$357

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

$333

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) The high and low for the portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the high and low for the components. Therefore, there is no diversification benefit shown for the high and low columns.
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR, but uses a longer historical look back horizon that is fixed from January 3, 2005. This is done not only to identify headline risks from more volatile periods, but also to provide a counter balance to VaR which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is 10 days. SVaR is also a component of market risk regulatory capital. SVaR for us is calculated under its own dynamic window regime as compared to RBS’ static SVaR window. In a dynamic window regime, values of the 10-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all possible 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for details of SVaR metrics, including high, low, average and period end SVaR for the combined portfolio.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures and option prices. Whereas VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for selected time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from the bank’s trading activities that may not be fully captured by its other models. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that the market moves happen simultaneously and that no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as events unfold. We generate stress tests of our trading positions on a regular basis. For example, we currently include a stress test that simulates a Lehman-type crisis scenario by taking the worst 10-day peak to trough moves for the various risk factors that go into VaR from that period, and assumes they occurred simultaneously.

107
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



VaR Model Review and Validation
Market risk measurement models used are independently reviewed. The models, used under the Transitional Services Agreement, are subject to ongoing and independent review and validation that focuses on the model methodology. Independent review of market risk measurement models is the responsibility of RBS Risk Analytics. Aspects covered include challenging the assumptions used, the quantitative techniques employed and the theoretical justification underpinning them, and an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. Where possible, the quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions will be estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models). Results of such reviews are shared with U.S. regulators. For the term of the Transitional Services Agreement, we and RBS expect to utilize the same independently validated VaR model for both management and regulatory reporting purposes. RBS market risk teams, including those providing consultative services to us under the Transitional Services Agreement, will conduct internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to a market data mapping. For example, RBS market risk teams also perform regular reviews of key risk factors that are used in the market risk measurement models to produce profit and loss vectors used in the VaR calculations. These internal validations are subject to independent re-validation by RBS Risk Analytics and, depending on the results of the impact assessment, notification to the appropriate regulatory authorities for RBS and us may be required.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes. We perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, and as approved by our banking regulators, for interest rate and foreign exchange positions. The following table shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the quarters ended March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015 and June 30, 2015. Beginning in the quarter ended September 30, 2015, as agreed with our banking regulators, we use a multiplication factor derived from our specific backtesting results and no longer that of RBS.
Daily VaR Backtesting: Sub-portfolio Level Backtesting

108
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information presented in the “Market Risk” section of Part I, Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this quarterly report on Form 10-Q that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
    

109
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In addition to the matters described in the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, information required by this item is set forth in Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should consider the risks described under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None during the three month period ended March 31, 2016.

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

As previously disclosed in our proxy statements, the Company planned to enter into an amended employment agreement with Bruce Van Saun, its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, following its separation from RBS when UK and European remuneration regulations ceased to apply to the Company. At the request of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”), on May 5, 2016, Mr. Van Saun entered into an amended employment agreement with the Company, effective immediately. This agreement supersedes the prior employment agreement between Mr. Van Saun and the Company dated October 1, 2013 and his offer letter dated November 6, 2013, which were entered into prior to the Company’s IPO when the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of RBS. The Company’s objective was to put in place an arrangement that balances its current obligations under Mr. Van Saun’s prior agreement and achieves the following positive results for the Company: 1) motivates and rewards Mr. Van Saun for the achievement of our strategic objectives; 2) provides additional retentive value; and 3) aligns terms and conditions more closely with U.S. market practices, including the elimination of Mr. Van Saun’s role-based allowance and pension benefit funding.

Mr. Van Saun’s employment agreement has an initial term of five years, which will be automatically renewed for an additional two-year term unless notice is provided by either party at least twelve months prior to the expiration of the initial term. Mr. Van Saun’s annual base salary will remain at $1,487,000 and he will have a target annual variable compensation opportunity of $6,013,000, a portion of which will be delivered as short-term cash incentive and a portion of which will be delivered in long-term equity awards. The total target compensation is consistent with Mr. Van Saun’s peer CEO median, and approximates Mr. Van Saun’s pay over the past two years. The amount of Mr. Van Saun’s variable compensation and the mix between short-term cash and long-term equity awards will be determined by the Compensation Committee.

In addition, the agreement provides that in 2016 Mr. Van Saun will be granted a one-time equity-based award with an approximate grant date value of $3 million, half of which will be subject to a three-year time-based cliff vest and half of which will be subject to the satisfaction of performance-based conditions over a three-year performance period. This award will serve to further align Mr. Van Saun with the strategic objectives of the Company and will provide additional retentive value. As a result of being granted this award, Mr. Van Saun will no longer be paid annual pension benefit funding of $562,000, which was provided under his previous employment agreement.

The agreement further provides that in the event of Mr. Van Saun’s termination by the Company without cause, non-renewal after the initial term, or his resignation with good reason, he will receive cash severance equal to two times his base salary as well as a pro-rata portion of his target cash incentive for the year in which termination occurs, and unvested annual awards will remain outstanding and continue to vest on their original schedule (with performance-based awards subject to actual performance). In the event that such termination occurs within 24 months following a change of control, Mr. Van Saun will receive cash severance equal to three times the sum of his base salary and target cash incentive, as well as a pro-rata portion of his target cash incentive for the year in which termination occurs, with performance-based awards achieving the target level of performance upon a change of control and unvested awards fully vesting upon such termination.

In the event of Mr. Van Saun’s voluntary resignation, the parties would mutually agree at the time of termination how a pro-rata portion of his variable compensation (excluding performance-based awards) for the year in which termination occurs will be payable. In addition, unvested annual awards will remain outstanding and continue to vest on their original schedule (with performance-based awards subject to actual performance). If Mr. Van Saun’s employment is terminated by reason of his death,

110
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

his estate will be entitled to receive base salary through the end of the month in which his death occurs as well as a pro-rata target cash incentive for the year in which death occurs, with time-based unvested awards fully vesting and performance-based unvested awards fully vesting at the target level.

If Mr. Van Saun is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason, he is subject to restrictive covenants prohibiting him from becoming employed with specified financial services companies for six months and is prohibited from solicitation of employees and solicitation of customers and prospective clients for twelve months.

The above summary is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement filed as Exhibit 10.5 to this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.


ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as in effect on the date hereof (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 14, 2014)

3.2
Bylaws of the Registrant (as amended and restated on February 13, 2015) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 17, 2015)

10.1
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance Share Award Agreement for 2016 Awards†*

10.2
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Registrant and Bruce Van Saun relating to the May 2016 Grant†*

10.3
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance Share Unit Award Agreement between the Registrant and Bruce Van Saun for the May 2016 Grant†*

10.4
Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 18, 2016, between the Registrant and Randall Black†*

10.5
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 5, 2016, between the Registrant and Bruce Van Saun†*

11.1
Statement re computation of earnings per share (filed herewith as Note 19 to the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference)

12.1
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*

12.2
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends*

31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

101
The following materials from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2016, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements*

† Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.

111
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on May 9, 2016.

                                    

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Registrant)
 
 
By:
/s/ Eric W. Aboaf
 
Name: Eric W. Aboaf
 
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
(Principal Financial Officer)


112